US20110219407A1 - Portable Media Device and Method for Presenting Viewing Content During Travel - Google Patents
Portable Media Device and Method for Presenting Viewing Content During TravelDownload PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20110219407A1 US20110219407A1US13/107,762US201113107762AUS2011219407A1US 20110219407 A1US20110219407 A1US 20110219407A1US 201113107762 AUS201113107762 AUS 201113107762AUS 2011219407 A1US2011219407 A1US 2011219407A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- portable media
- content
- media device
- viewing content
- viewing
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/21—Server components or server architectures
- H04N21/214—Specialised server platform, e.g. server located in an airplane, hotel, hospital
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N7/00—Television systems
- H04N7/16—Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems
- H04N7/173—Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems with two-way working, e.g. subscriber sending a programme selection signal
- H04N7/17309—Transmission or handling of upstream communications
- H04N7/17318—Direct or substantially direct transmission and handling of requests
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B64—AIRCRAFT; AVIATION; COSMONAUTICS
- B64D—EQUIPMENT FOR FITTING IN OR TO AIRCRAFT; FLIGHT SUITS; PARACHUTES; ARRANGEMENT OR MOUNTING OF POWER PLANTS OR PROPULSION TRANSMISSIONS IN AIRCRAFT
- B64D11/00—Passenger or crew accommodation; Flight-deck installations not otherwise provided for
- B64D11/06—Arrangements of seats, or adaptations or details specially adapted for aircraft seats
- B64D11/0624—Arrangements of electrical connectors, e.g. for earphone, internet or electric supply
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F21/00—Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
- G06F21/10—Protecting distributed programs or content, e.g. vending or licensing of copyrighted material ; Digital rights management [DRM]
- G06F21/101—Protecting distributed programs or content, e.g. vending or licensing of copyrighted material ; Digital rights management [DRM] by binding digital rights to specific entities
- G06F21/1012—Protecting distributed programs or content, e.g. vending or licensing of copyrighted material ; Digital rights management [DRM] by binding digital rights to specific entities to domains
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/21—Server components or server architectures
- H04N21/214—Specialised server platform, e.g. server located in an airplane, hotel, hospital
- H04N21/2146—Specialised server platform, e.g. server located in an airplane, hotel, hospital located in mass transportation means, e.g. aircraft, train or bus
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/21—Server components or server architectures
- H04N21/222—Secondary servers, e.g. proxy server, cable television Head-end
- H04N21/2223—Secondary servers, e.g. proxy server, cable television Head-end being a public access point, e.g. for downloading to or uploading from clients
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/25—Management operations performed by the server for facilitating the content distribution or administrating data related to end-users or client devices, e.g. end-user or client device authentication, learning user preferences for recommending movies
- H04N21/254—Management at additional data server, e.g. shopping server, rights management server
- H04N21/2543—Billing, e.g. for subscription services
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/25—Management operations performed by the server for facilitating the content distribution or administrating data related to end-users or client devices, e.g. end-user or client device authentication, learning user preferences for recommending movies
- H04N21/266—Channel or content management, e.g. generation and management of keys and entitlement messages in a conditional access system, merging a VOD unicast channel into a multicast channel
- H04N21/2665—Gathering content from different sources, e.g. Internet and satellite
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/27—Server based end-user applications
- H04N21/274—Storing end-user multimedia data in response to end-user request, e.g. network recorder
- H04N21/2743—Video hosting of uploaded data from client
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
- H04N21/4104—Peripherals receiving signals from specially adapted client devices
- H04N21/4122—Peripherals receiving signals from specially adapted client devices additional display device, e.g. video projector
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
- H04N21/4104—Peripherals receiving signals from specially adapted client devices
- H04N21/4126—The peripheral being portable, e.g. PDAs or mobile phones
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
- H04N21/414—Specialised client platforms, e.g. receiver in car or embedded in a mobile appliance
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
- H04N21/414—Specialised client platforms, e.g. receiver in car or embedded in a mobile appliance
- H04N21/41407—Specialised client platforms, e.g. receiver in car or embedded in a mobile appliance embedded in a portable device, e.g. video client on a mobile phone, PDA, laptop
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
- H04N21/422—Input-only peripherals, i.e. input devices connected to specially adapted client devices, e.g. global positioning system [GPS]
- H04N21/4223—Cameras
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
- H04N21/426—Internal components of the client ; Characteristics thereof
- H04N21/42684—Client identification by a unique number or address, e.g. serial number, MAC address, socket ID
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
- H04N21/44—Processing of video elementary streams, e.g. splicing a video clip retrieved from local storage with an incoming video stream or rendering scenes according to encoded video stream scene graphs
- H04N21/4408—Processing of video elementary streams, e.g. splicing a video clip retrieved from local storage with an incoming video stream or rendering scenes according to encoded video stream scene graphs involving video stream encryption, e.g. re-encrypting a decrypted video stream for redistribution in a home network
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
- H04N21/442—Monitoring of processes or resources, e.g. detecting the failure of a recording device, monitoring the downstream bandwidth, the number of times a movie has been viewed, the storage space available from the internal hard disk
- H04N21/44204—Monitoring of content usage, e.g. the number of times a movie has been viewed, copied or the amount which has been watched
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
- H04N21/442—Monitoring of processes or resources, e.g. detecting the failure of a recording device, monitoring the downstream bandwidth, the number of times a movie has been viewed, the storage space available from the internal hard disk
- H04N21/4424—Monitoring of the internal components or processes of the client device, e.g. CPU or memory load, processing speed, timer, counter or percentage of the hard disk space used
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/47—End-user applications
- H04N21/472—End-user interface for requesting content, additional data or services; End-user interface for interacting with content, e.g. for content reservation or setting reminders, for requesting event notification, for manipulating displayed content
- H04N21/47211—End-user interface for requesting content, additional data or services; End-user interface for interacting with content, e.g. for content reservation or setting reminders, for requesting event notification, for manipulating displayed content for requesting pay-per-view content
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/47—End-user applications
- H04N21/478—Supplemental services, e.g. displaying phone caller identification, shopping application
- H04N21/47815—Electronic shopping
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/60—Network structure or processes for video distribution between server and client or between remote clients; Control signalling between clients, server and network components; Transmission of management data between server and client, e.g. sending from server to client commands for recording incoming content stream; Communication details between server and client
- H04N21/65—Transmission of management data between client and server
- H04N21/658—Transmission by the client directed to the server
- H04N21/6581—Reference data, e.g. a movie identifier for ordering a movie or a product identifier in a home shopping application
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/80—Generation or processing of content or additional data by content creator independently of the distribution process; Content per se
- H04N21/81—Monomedia components thereof
- H04N21/8126—Monomedia components thereof involving additional data, e.g. news, sports, stocks, weather forecasts
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N7/00—Television systems
- H04N7/16—Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems
- H04N7/162—Authorising the user terminal, e.g. by paying; Registering the use of a subscription channel, e.g. billing
- H04N7/163—Authorising the user terminal, e.g. by paying; Registering the use of a subscription channel, e.g. billing by receiver means only
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A63—SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
- A63F—CARD, BOARD, OR ROULETTE GAMES; INDOOR GAMES USING SMALL MOVING PLAYING BODIES; VIDEO GAMES; GAMES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- A63F2300/00—Features of games using an electronically generated display having two or more dimensions, e.g. on a television screen, showing representations related to the game
- A63F2300/50—Features of games using an electronically generated display having two or more dimensions, e.g. on a television screen, showing representations related to the game characterized by details of game servers
- A63F2300/51—Server architecture
- A63F2300/516—Server architecture connected to a local network, e.g. in a plane, hotel
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
- B60R—VEHICLES, VEHICLE FITTINGS, OR VEHICLE PARTS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B60R11/00—Arrangements for holding or mounting articles, not otherwise provided for
- B60R11/02—Arrangements for holding or mounting articles, not otherwise provided for for radio sets, television sets, telephones, or the like; Arrangement of controls thereof
- B60R11/0211—Arrangements for holding or mounting articles, not otherwise provided for for radio sets, television sets, telephones, or the like; Arrangement of controls thereof for record carriers apparatus, e.g. video recorders, tape players or CD players
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
- B60R—VEHICLES, VEHICLE FITTINGS, OR VEHICLE PARTS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B60R11/00—Arrangements for holding or mounting articles, not otherwise provided for
- B60R11/02—Arrangements for holding or mounting articles, not otherwise provided for for radio sets, television sets, telephones, or the like; Arrangement of controls thereof
- B60R11/0229—Arrangements for holding or mounting articles, not otherwise provided for for radio sets, television sets, telephones, or the like; Arrangement of controls thereof for displays, e.g. cathodic tubes
- B60R11/0235—Arrangements for holding or mounting articles, not otherwise provided for for radio sets, television sets, telephones, or the like; Arrangement of controls thereof for displays, e.g. cathodic tubes of flat type, e.g. LCD
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2221/00—Indexing scheme relating to security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
- G06F2221/21—Indexing scheme relating to G06F21/00 and subgroups addressing additional information or applications relating to security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
- G06F2221/2109—Game systems
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02T—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES RELATED TO TRANSPORTATION
- Y02T50/00—Aeronautics or air transport
- Y02T50/40—Weight reduction
Definitions
- the present disclosurerelates generally to portable entertainment systems and more particularly, but not exclusively, to passenger entertainment systems for use in vehicles.
- Vehiclessuch as automobiles and aircraft, often provide entertainment systems to satisfy passenger demand for entertainment during travel.
- the viewing contenttypically includes entertainment content, such as audio and/or video materials, and can be derived from a variety of content sources.
- entertainment contentsuch as audio and/or video materials
- prerecorded viewing contentsuch as motion pictures and music
- internal content sourcessuch as audio and video systems
- External content sourceslikewise can transmit viewing content, including satellite television programming or satellite radio programming, to the vehicle via wireless communication systems.
- the various embodiments disclosed hereinare directed toward portable media devices for presenting viewing content during travel.
- the portable media deviceis configured to communicate with one or more content sources for providing viewing content.
- Each of the content sourcesmay be proximate to, and/or remote from, the portable media device.
- the portable media devicecan select viewing content from any available content source and can download and present the selected viewing content in any conventional manner.
- the selected viewing contentcan be streamed to the portable media device for contemporaneous presentation and/or stored by the portable media device for viewing at any time.
- the portable media devicecan be configured to support two-way communications with one or more of the content sources. The portable media device thereby can provide enhanced functionality, such as support for viewing content uploads and other passenger transactions, during travel.
- FIG. 1is an exemplary top-level block diagram illustrating an embodiment of a portable media device for presenting viewing content.
- FIG. 2Ais an exemplary top-level block diagram illustrating an embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 1 , in which the portable media device presents selected viewing content from a content source.
- FIG. 2Bis an exemplary top-level block diagram illustrating an alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 2A , in which the selected viewing content is selectable at the content source.
- FIG. 3Ais an exemplary block diagram illustrating an alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 1 , in which the portable media device includes a communication interface for facilitating communication between the portable media device and the content source and an input system for selecting the viewing content and for controlling the presentation of the selected viewing content.
- FIG. 3Bis an exemplary block diagram illustrating an alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 3A , in which the portable media device likewise includes a memory system for storing the selected viewing content and/or at least one peripheral system for supplementing the functionality of the portable media device.
- FIG. 4Ais a detail drawing illustrating a front view of one embodiment of the portable media device of FIGS. 3A-B , in which the portable entertainment device is in an open position.
- FIG. 4Bis a detail drawing illustrating a back view of the portable media device of FIG. 4A .
- FIG. 4Cis a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIGS. 4A-B , in which the portable entertainment device includes a viewing support.
- FIG. 4Dis a detail drawing illustrating another alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIGS. 4A-B , in which the portable entertainment device includes a protective cover.
- FIG. 5Ais a detail drawing illustrating a front view of another embodiment of the portable media device of FIGS. 3A-B .
- FIG. 5Bis a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 5A , in which the portable entertainment device includes a viewing support.
- FIG. 5Cis a detail drawing illustrating a back view of the portable media device of FIG. 5B .
- FIG. 6Ais an exemplary top-level block diagram illustrating another alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 1 , in which the portable media device can present selected viewing content from a plurality of content sources.
- FIG. 6Bis an exemplary top-level block diagram illustrating another alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 1 , in which a plurality of the portable media devices is configured to communicate with a selected content source.
- FIG. 7is an exemplary block diagram illustrating another alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 1 , in which a plurality of the portable media devices is configured to communicate with a plurality of content sources via a content distribution system.
- FIG. 8Ais a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the plurality of portable media devices of FIG. 7 , in which the plurality of portable media devices and the plurality of content sources form a vehicle information system that is associated with an automobile.
- FIG. 8Bis a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the vehicle information system of FIG. 8A , in which the vehicle information system is associated with an aircraft.
- FIG. 9Ais a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the vehicle information system of FIGS. 8A-B , in which the vehicle information system provides access points adjacent to the passenger seats.
- FIG. 9Bis a detail drawing illustrating another alternative embodiment of the vehicle information system of FIGS. 8A-B , in which the access points are distributed throughout a passenger cabin of the vehicle.
- FIGS. 10A-Jare detail drawings illustrating alternative embodiments of a mounting system for mounting the portable media device of FIG. 1 on a headrest of a passenger seat.
- FIG. 11A-Fare detail drawings illustrating alternative embodiments of a mounting system for mounting the portable media device of FIG. 1 on a seatback of a passenger seat.
- FIG. 12is an exemplary block diagram illustrating an embodiment of a device management system for the portable media device of FIG. 1 , in which the portable media device includes a device identification system for providing device identification data.
- FIG. 13Ais an exemplary block diagram illustrating an alternative embodiment of the device management system of FIG. 12 , in which the device management system can maintain a historical record for the portable media device and can provide configuration instruction for configuring the portable media device for future use.
- FIG. 13Bis an exemplary flow chart illustrating an embodiment of a method by which the device management system of FIG. 13A can maintain the historical record for the portable media device and can provide configuration instruction for configuring the portable media device for future use.
- FIG. 14is an exemplary block diagram illustrating an alternative embodiment of the device management system of FIGS. 13A-B , in which the device management system simultaneously process a plurality of portable media devices, maintaining historical records for each portable media device and providing instruction for configuring each portable media device for future use.
- FIG. 15Ais a detail drawing illustrating an embodiment of a docking station for the device management system of FIG. 14 , in which the docking station is configured to interface with the plurality of portable media devices.
- FIG. 15Bis a detail drawing illustrating an embodiment of a battery charging system for the device management system of FIG. 14 , in which the battery charging system is configured to simultaneously charge a plurality of battery systems.
- FIG. 16Ais a detail drawing illustrating another alternative embodiment of the device management system of FIG. 14 , in which the device management system is installed at an airport terminal.
- FIG. 16Bis a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the device management system of FIG. 16A , in which the portable media devices can be packaged in sealed containers for delivery to aircraft at the airport terminal.
- a portable media device with an intuitive user interface for presenting selected viewing content from one or more available content sources during travelcan prove desirable and provide a basis for a wide range of applications, such as passenger entertainment systems for use on aircraft and other types of vehicles. This result can be achieved, according to one embodiment disclosed herein, by employing a portable media device 100 as shown in FIG. 1 .
- the portable media device 100is provided as a portable, handheld media presentation system for receiving viewing content 200 and for presenting the received viewing content 200 .
- the portable media device 100can be provided in any conventional manner, such as via one or more hardware components and/or software components and includes an intuitive user interface 110 .
- the exemplary portable media device 100comprises a video system 120 for visually presenting a video portion of the viewing content 200 (or video content 220 ) and/or an audio system 130 for audibly presenting an audio portion of the viewing content 200 (or audio content 230 ).
- the video system 120 and the audio system 130are shown as being operable under the control of a control system 140 .
- the portable media device 100thereby can control the manner in which the viewing content 200 is received and/or presented.
- the viewing content 200can be provided by one or more content sources 300 as shown in FIGS. 2A-B .
- the content source 300can be provided in any conventional manner, such as via one or more hardware components and/or software components, and can be disposed proximately to, and/or remotely from, the portable media device 100 .
- the content source 300can be provided in the manner set forth in the co-pending U.S. patent applications, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DOWNLOADING FILES,” Ser. No. 10/772,565, filed on Feb. 4, 2004, and “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONTENT ON MOBILE PLATFORMS,” Ser. No.
- the portable media device 100 and the content source 300likewise can communicate in any conventional manner, including via wired and/or wireless communications. Thereby, when in communication with the content source 300 , the portable media device 100 can receive and present viewing content 200 from the content source 300 .
- the viewing content 200can comprise any suitable type of viewing content 200 in the manner set forth in the above-mentioned co-pending U.S. patent application, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DOWNLOADING FILES,” Ser. No. 10/772,565, filed on Feb. 4, 2004.
- the viewing content 200may be provided in any appropriate analog format and/or digital format that may be compressed and/or uncompressed, as desired.
- the viewing content 200preferably is buffered when transmitted from the content source 300 to the portable media device 100 .
- the bufferingcan be provided in any conventional manner, including via, for example, the portable media device 100 and/or the content source 300 .
- the bufferingWhen configured to communicate by way of a content distribution system 400 (shown in FIG. 7 ), the buffering likewise can be associated with the content distribution system 400 , as desired.
- the viewing content 200can have entertainment content, including audio content, such as music or audio books, and/or video content, such as motion pictures, television programming, or any other type of audiovisual work.
- the viewing content 200can comprise stored (or time-delayed) viewing content 200 and/or live (or real-time) viewing content 200 , such as broadcast transmissions of live events or pre-recorded events.
- the content source 300preferably provides the viewing content 200 substantially in real-time.
- Illustrative formats for the video contentcan include Audio Video Interleave (AVI) format, Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) format, and Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG) format; whereas, Waveform (WAV) format and MPEG Audio Layer 3 (MP3) format comprise exemplary formats for the audio content.
- AVIAudio Video Interleave
- JPEGJoint Photographic Experts Group
- MPEGMoving Picture Experts Group
- WAVWaveform
- MP3MPEG Audio Layer 3
- Streaming video contentpreferably is provided in MPEG-4 FGS (Fine Granularity Scalable) format to help ensure transmission efficiency; however, the video content can be streamed by the content source 300 in any suitable standard format.
- the portable media device 100can advantageously maintain compatibility with one or more other video formats, such as other Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG) formats, including MPEG-1 format and MPEG-2 format.
- Audio contentlikewise can be streamed by the content source 300 .
- the streamed audio contentcan be provided separately, such as with music, and/or in association with other viewing content 200 , such as with a soundtrack to a motion picture.
- MPEG-4 BSACBit Slice Arithmetic Coding
- AACAdvanced Audio Coding
- the streamed audio contentcan be streamed by the content source 300 in any suitable standard format.
- viewing content 200can be provided by the content source 300 .
- Application softwaretypically is provided in an executable (EXE) format
- exemplary formats for the textual viewing content 200include document text file (DOC) format, Portable Document Format (PDF), and text file (TXT) format.
- DOCdocument text file
- PDFPortable Document Format
- TXTtext file
- the viewing content 200can be presented by the portable media device 100 in any conventional manner, preferably substantially in real-time.
- the portable media device 100can download the viewing content 200 in the manner disclosed in the aforementioned co-pending U.S. patent application, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DOWNLOADING FILES,” Ser. No. 10/772,565, filed on Feb. 4, 2004.
- the portable media device 100likewise can store the downloaded viewing content 200 .
- the portable media device 100thereby can present the viewing content 200 at any time regardless of whether communication with the content source 300 is maintained.
- the viewing content 200likewise can be streamed to the portable media device 100 from the content source 300 . Stated somewhat differently, the viewing content 200 can be momentarily stored (or cached) by the portable media device 100 .
- the viewing content 200likewise can be streamed in any conventional manner.
- Content sources 300 for streaming the viewing content 200can include terrestrial content sources 300 and/or satellite content sources 300 .
- live television programmingcan be streamed by one or more terrestrial content source 300 , such as a broadcast television system (not shown), and/or by one or more satellite content source 300 , such as a Direct Broadcast Satellite (DBS) system (not shown).
- DBSDirect Broadcast Satellite
- the portable media device 100 disposed in a vehicle 500shown in FIGS. 8A-B
- the viewing content 200can be streamed to the portable media device 100 from a content source 300 , such as a media server system 520 (shown in FIGS. 8A-B ), installed aboard the vehicle 500 .
- the viewing content 200By streaming the viewing content 200 to the portable media device 100 , loss, such as by theft, of the portable media device 100 therefore does not also result in loss of the viewing content 200 .
- the viewing content 200preferably is streamed to the portable media device 100 in an encrypted format and/or can be provided with one or more other digital rights management (DRM) controls.
- DRMdigital rights management
- the viewing content 200can be protected against any unauthorized use, copying, and/or dissemination, and/or, even if intercepted or otherwise stolen, the encrypted viewing content 200 will not be readily usable.
- the viewing content 200can be encrypted in any conventional manner, including the use of proprietary encryption techniques.
- the portable media device 100By streaming the viewing content 200 from the content source 300 , the quantity and complexity of the components comprising the portable media device 100 can be reduced. Thereby, the portable media device 100 can be provided as the portable, handheld media presentation system as discussed above. The weight, complexity, and power consumption of the portable media device 100 likewise can be reduced; whereas, the overall device reliability of the portable media device 100 can be increased.
- the viewing content 200such as stored (or time-delayed) viewing content 200 , therefore can advantageously be provided from, or stored in, a central location. Thereby, management of the viewing content 200 , including updating the viewing content 200 , is facilitated, and the portable media device 100 can present viewing content 200 selected from extensive resources of the content source 300 . Further, if the viewing content 200 comprises real-time viewing content 200 , including, for example, live satellite television programming, live satellite radio programming, and/or real-time Internet access, the portable media device 100 can present the live viewing content 200 substantially in real-time.
- the portable media device 100therefore is not limited to presenting viewing content 200 that can be stored within its resources, which can be limited in comparison with the extensive resources of the content source 300 . As a result, the portable media device 100 can be configured to provide a wide variety of viewing content 200 choices, which can be selected and presented on demand.
- the portable media device 100preferably can select viewing content 200 provided by the content source 300 and can present the selected viewing content 200 in the manner discussed above with reference to FIG. 1 .
- the content source 300is configured to provide a catalogue of available viewing content 200
- the portable media device 100can select relevant viewing content 200 (or selected viewing content 200 ′′), as desired, from the catalogue in any conventional manner.
- the content source 300can simultaneously transmit a plurality of viewing content 200 (or aggregate viewing content 200 ′) from the catalogue as shown in FIG. 2A .
- the viewing content 200can be transmitted on a predetermined communication channel and/or can include (or be encoded with) a unique identifier (or address).
- the portable media device 100 of FIG. 2Aincludes a content selection system 150 for receiving the aggregate viewing content 200 ′ and a content selection signal 250 from the control system 140 . Based upon the content selection signal 250 , the content selection system 150 thereby can identify the selected viewing content 200 ′′ from the aggregate viewing content 200 ′, for example, by selecting the predetermined communication channel and/or the unique identifier associated with the selected viewing content 200 ′′. Upon selecting the select the selected viewing content 200 ′′ and, as necessary, providing payment and/or authorization information, the content selection system 150 can provide the selected video content 220 to the video system 120 and/or the selected audio content 230 to the audio system 130 for presentation as discussed above. Although shown and described as being separate from the control system 140 for purposes of illustration, the content selection system 150 can be at least partially integrated with the control system 140 , as desired.
- the content source 300can transmit the selected viewing content 200 ′′ to the portable media device 100 as shown in FIG. 2B .
- the portable media device 100 of FIG. 2Bis illustrated as being configured to transmit (or upload) upload content 260 , including viewing content 200 and/or communication signals, such as the content selection signal 250 , to the content source 300 .
- the portable media device 100 and the content source 300can engage in two-way communications.
- the content source 300can identify the selected viewing content 200 ′′ associated with the content selection signal 250 and transmit the selected viewing content 200 ′′ to the portable media device 100 . In the manner discussed above with reference to FIG.
- the content source 300preferably transmits the elected viewing content 200 ′′ on a predetermined communication channel and/or can include (or be encoded with) a unique identifier (or address) associated with the portable media device 100 .
- the portable media device 100can receive the selected viewing content 200 ′′ and provide the selected video content 220 to the video system 120 and/or the selected audio content 230 to the audio system 130 for presentation as discussed above.
- FIG. 3Ais an exemplary block diagram illustrating one embodiment of the portable media device 100 .
- the portable media device 100includes a communication interface 160 for facilitating communication between the portable media device 100 and the content source 300 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B ) and an intuitive user interface system 110 for permitting a user (or passenger) (not shown) to readily interact with the portable media device 100 and, therefore, the content source 300 .
- the portable media device 100 and the content source 300can be configured to communicate in any conventional manner.
- the communication interface 160is configured to support high-speed data communications between the portable media device 100 and the content source 300 .
- Illustrative high-speed data communication protocolscan include any type of Fast Ethernet (such as 100 Base-X and/or 100 Base-T) protocol and/or Gigabit (such as 1000 Base-X and/or 1000 Base-T) Ethernet communication protocol, with a typical data transfer rate of at least approximately one hundred megabits per second (100 Mbps).
- the high-speed data communications between the portable media device 100 and the content source 300can be provided via one or more conventional copper communication connections and/or fiber optic communication connections.
- the fiber optic communication connectionscan be trunked, as desired.
- free-space optics (or laser) technology, millimeter wave (or microwave) technology, and/or Ultra-Wideband (UWB) technologycan be utilized to provide the high-speed data communications between the portable media device 100 and the content source 300 .
- the portable media device 100 and the content source 300likewise can communicate directly and/or indirectly via one or more intermediate systems, such as a content distribution system 400 (shown in FIG. 7 ). Illustrative embodiments of the content distribution system 400 are discussed in more detail below with reference to FIG. 7 .
- the communication interface 160is configured to support any conventional type of communication, including wired communications and/or wireless communications.
- the communication interface 160can comprise a Ethernet adapter for wired communications via a computer network and/or a modem for wired communications via a telecommunications network.
- the communication interface 160is illustrated as including a communication port 162 for communicating with the content source 300 and a compatible transceiver system 164 for receiving the viewing content 200 .
- the communication interface 160can be disposed substantially within, or separate from, the portable media device 100 .
- the communication port 162can include a wired communication port for supporting wired communications and/or a wireless communication port for supporting wireless communications over one or more communication frequencies.
- Conventional wired communication portinclude a connector system (not shown) such as an Ethernet connector system, such as Registered Jack 45 (RJ-45) connector system, and/or a telecommunication connector system, such as Registered Jack 11 (RJ-11) connector systems and Registered Jack 12 (RJ-12) connector systems.
- the wireless communication portcan comprise an antenna system (not shown) for receive viewing content 200 within a predetermined range of communication frequencies.
- Exemplary wireless communication portscan include radio-frequency (RF) communication ports and/or infrared (IR) communication ports.
- the transceiver system 164is coupled with, and configured to communicate with, the communication port 162 .
- the communication port 162can provide the received viewing content 200 to the transceiver system 164 .
- the transceiver system 164can be configured to process the viewing content 200 in any conventional manner. Illustrative conventional processes can include decoding, demodulating, and/or analog-to-digital converting the viewing content 200 .
- the transceiver system 164can provide the processed viewing content 200 to the control system 140 .
- the control system 140typically includes at least one processing system 120 for processing the viewing content 200 .
- the portable media device 100can include the functionality underlying each of the above-mentioned devices, individually and/or in combination.
- the processing system 120is illustrated in FIG. 3A as coupling, and facilitating communication among, the communication interface 160 , the video system 120 , and/or the audio system 130 .
- the processing system 120can comprise any appropriate number and type of conventional processing systems, such as one or more microprocessors ( ⁇ Ps), central processing units (CPUs), digital signal processors (DSPs), and/or coder/decoders (CODECs), and can process the viewing content 200 in accordance with user instructions (or commands), such as a content selection signal 250 and/or a presentation control signal 270 .
- ⁇ Psmicroprocessors
- CPUscentral processing units
- DSPsdigital signal processors
- CODECscoder/decoders
- the processing system 142can decrypt the encrypted viewing content 200 to restore the viewing content 200 .
- the processing system 142likewise can be configured to process the viewing content 200 in a suitable manner provide the video portion of the viewing content 200 (or video content 220 ) and/or the audio portion of the viewing content 200 (or audio content 230 ). Thereby, the processing system 120 can provide the selected video content 220 to the video system 120 for visual presentation and/or the selected audio content 230 to the audio system 130 for audible presentation.
- the video system 120can be configured to visually present the selected video content 220 .
- the video system 120can be provided in any conventional manner and, as shown in FIG. 3A , includes a display system 122 and/or a video port 124 for coupling the video system 120 with one or more peripheral video presentation systems (not shown).
- Illustrative peripheral video presentation systemscan include external video display systems with enhanced viewing features, such as larger viewable areas and/or higher image resolutions.
- the video port 124likewise can be configured to communicate with peripheral video input devices, such as a still and/or motion picture camera system.
- the video system 120preferably is suitable for presenting any conventional type of viewing content 200 , including any viewing content 200 available via the portable media device 100 , user instructions for accessing the content source 300 , and/or a catalogue of the viewing content 200 available via the content source 300 .
- the display system 122preferably has an appropriately-sized viewable area with sufficient resolution for visually presenting the viewing content 200 .
- Illustrative video resolutions for presenting viewing content 200can include any color graphics adapter (CGA) resolution, enhanced graphics adapter (EGA) resolution, video graphics array (VGA) resolution, extended graphics array (XGA) resolution, super extended graphics array (SXGA) resolution, ultra extended graphics array (UXGA) resolution, and/or wide graphics array (WXGA) resolution.
- the video system 120likewise can provide a graphical user interface (GUI) to facilitate interaction with the portable media device 100 and/or an interactive menu of the available viewing content 200 , including viewing content 200 available via the content source 300 and/or viewing content 200 , such as stored content 240 (shown in FIG. 3B ), previously received by the portable media device 100 .
- GUIgraphical user interface
- the user interface 110thereby can provide an intuitive user interface for assisting the user in selecting viewing content 200 for presentation, for controlling the transmission of the selected viewing content 200 , and/or for controlling the manner in which the selected viewing content 200 is presented by the portable media device 100 .
- the audio system 130likewise can be provided in any conventional manner and is configured to audibly present the selected video content 220 .
- FIG. 3Aincludes one or more speaker systems 132 and/or audio ports 134 for coupling the audio system 130 with one or more peripheral audio presentation devices (not shown).
- Exemplary peripheral audio presentation devicescan include headphones, speakers, and/or amplifiers.
- the audio port 134likewise can be configured to communicate with peripheral audio input devices, such as a microphone and/or a compact disk player.
- the audio system 130preferably is suitable for presenting any conventional type of viewing content 200 , including any viewing content 200 available via the portable media device 100 .
- the audio system 130preferably has an appropriate audio processing capabilities, such as filtering functionality and/or equalizing functionality, for audibly presenting the viewing content 200 .
- the portable media device 100preferably has a plurality of audio ports 134 to permit the selected viewing content 200 to be audibly presented to more than one user. Multiple users thereby can simultaneously enjoy the audio portion of the selected viewing content 200 on individual sets of headphones. Further, each user can view the video portion of the selected viewing content 200 by sharing the display system 122 .
- the audio ports 134can be provided in any conventional manner, such as via one or more audio jacks for coupling external devices with the portable media device 100 in a wired manner. At least one of the audio ports 134 preferably is provided as a wireless communication port that is configured to support, for example, wireless audio peripheral presentation device, such as Bluetooth-capable wireless headphones in accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Standard 802.15.1.
- IEEEInstitute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
- the audio system 130likewise can process the audio portion of the selected viewing content 200 in any conventional manner.
- Illustrative processes by which the audio system 130 can process the selected viewing content 200 to enhance the sound qualitycan include three-dimensional audio processing to simulate surround sound.
- the selected viewing content 200can be audibly presented in surround sound via an ordinary speaker system and/or a set of ordinary headphones.
- the audio system 130likewise can provide noise cancellation processing of the audio portion to cancel any ambient noise from the audible presentation of the viewing content 200 .
- the manner by which the audio system 130 processes the audio portion of the selected viewing content 200preferably can be controlled by the user.
- the user interface 110can include an input system 170 for permitting the user (or passenger) to communicate with the portable media device 100 .
- the input system 170can permit the user to enter one or more passenger instructions for controlling the operation of the portable media device 100 .
- Illustrative instructionscan include instructions for initiating communication with the content source 300 , instructions for selecting viewing content 200 for presentation, and/or instructions for controlling the presentation of the selected viewing content 200 .
- the input system 170can convert each user entry into one or more communication signals, such as the content selection signal 250 and/or the presentation control signal 270 , as illustrated in FIG. 3A . If a fee is required for accessing the viewing content 200 , payment information likewise can be entered via the input system 170 .
- the input system 170can be provided in any conventional manner and typically includes one or more switches (or pushbuttons) 172 , such as a keyboard or a keypad, and/or a pointing device 174 , such as a mouse, trackball, or stylus. As desired, the input system 170 can be at least partially integrated with, and/or separable from, the portable media device 100 .
- the input system 170likewise can include one or more input ports (not shown) for coupling a peripheral input device (not shown), such as a full-size computer keyboard, an external mouse, and/or a game pad, with the portable media device 100 .
- the input system 170can be at least partially combined with the video system 120 and/or the audio system 130 .
- the switches 172 of the input system 170 and the display system 122 of the video system 120can be at least partially combined in the form of a touch screen display system.
- the display system 122can be configured to provide visual feedback with reference to user instructions (or commands) entered via the input system 170 . If selected audio properties, such as a volume level, a tone level, and/or a balance, of the audio system 130 can be controlled via the input system 170 , for example, the display system 122 can visually present the current audio properties of the audio system 130 .
- Conventional manners of presenting the audio properties of the audio system 130include providing a separate “audio properties” window (or screen) and/or providing a series of bars in which the number of bars are presented in proportion with the current audio properties.
- the display system 122can provide visual feedback for other types of user instructions (or commands), including user instructions for selected video properties, such as a brightness level and/or a contrast level, of the display system 122 and/or user instructions for controlling the transmission of the selected viewing content 200 from the content source 300 .
- user instructions for selected video propertiessuch as a brightness level and/or a contrast level
- the portable media device 100is shown as including a memory system 144 for providing at least temporary storage of the viewing content 200 as stored content 240 .
- the selected viewing content 200 from the content source 300thereby can advantageously be buffered when the viewing content 200 is streamed to the portable media device 100 and/or can be stored as the stored content 240 for subsequent presentation, as discussed above, regardless of whether communication with the content source 300 is maintained.
- the viewing content 200preferably is stored on the memory system 144 in an encrypted format in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 2A-B . Thereby, even if the portable media device 100 and/or the memory system 144 is lost or stolen, the viewing content 200 will not be readily usable.
- the memory system 144preferably includes at least one integrated memory device 146 for storing and providing other conventional types of information, including instruction code, such as software or firmware, intermediate calculation results, and other information associated with the processing system 120 .
- instruction codesuch as software or firmware
- intermediate calculation resultssuch as intermediate calculation results
- other information associated with the processing system 120e.g., information associated with the processing system 120 .
- the viewing content 200includes application software, such as a game
- the application softwarecan be stored in the memory device 146 and provided to the processing system 120 for execution.
- the memory system 144can comprise any conventional type of memory system, such as any suitable electronic, magnetic, and/or optical storage media, without limitation.
- Exemplary storage mediacan include one or more static random access memories (SRAMs), dynamic random access memories (DRAMs), electrically-erasable programmable read-only memories (EEPROMs), FLASH memories, hard drives (HDDs), compact disks (CDs), and/or digital video disks (DVDs) of any kind.
- SRAMsstatic random access memories
- DRAMsdynamic random access memories
- EEPROMselectrically-erasable programmable read-only memories
- FLASH memorieshard drives (HDDs), compact disks (CDs), and/or digital video disks (DVDs) of any kind.
- the portable media device 100preferably is provided as a portable, handheld media presentation system
- the memory system 144preferably comprises electronic memory media to help ensure that the physical dimensions and weight of the handheld system remain manageable.
- the portable media device 100preferably is configured to permit viewing content 200 to be added to, modified, and/or deleted from the memory system 144 as desired.
- the portable media device 100can include one or more memory ports 148 , such as a Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA) port, a secure digital data (SD) port, a secure multi media card (MMC) port and/or a CompactFlash (CF) port, for receiving a conventional removable memory system 144 , such as a removable hard drive (HDD) system.
- the removable memory system 144preferably comprises a personal memory device (PMD) for providing secure storage of the user's personal data and/or other predetermined information, including preselected viewing content.
- Exemplary personal memory devicescan include a memory stick, a secure digital data (SD) device, a secure multi media card (MMC) device and/or a CompactFlash (CF) device.
- the portable media device 100Upon receiving the personal memory device (PMD), the portable media device 100 can readily access the personal data and/or other predetermined information. The portable media device 100 likewise can select viewing content 200 from among the preselected viewing content stored on the personal memory device (PMD) and can present the selected viewing content 200 in the manner discussed above.
- the personal memory device (PMD)can be removed from the memory port 148 after use of the portable media device 100 is complete. Media security can be further enhanced by enabling the use of existing, proven, and Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) approved media distribution processes, including uploading processes and/or downloading processes, in combination with secure key methodologies.
- MPAAMotion Picture Association of America
- the peripheral system 180can include at least one conventional peripheral port 182 for removably coupling peripheral devices (not shown) with the portable media device 100 .
- Illustrative conventional peripheral ports 182can include Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA) ports, secure digital (SD) ports, and/or CompactFlash (CF) ports, for receiving the peripheral devices; whereas, a credit card reader system, a radio frequency identification (RFID) system, and/or a conventional camera system, including a moving picture camera system and/or a still picture camera system, are examples of conventional peripheral devices.
- PCMCIAPersonal Computer Memory Card International Association
- SDsecure digital
- CFCompactFlash
- Preselected peripheral devices 184such as the credit card reader system and/or the camera system, likewise can be incorporated into the portable media device 100 , as desired.
- the peripheral system 180comprises at output (or presentation) peripheral system
- the portable media device 100can provide the viewing content 200 or other relevant information to the peripheral system 180 for presentation in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the peripheral video presentation systems and/or the peripheral audio presentation systems.
- the portable media device 100can receive viewing content 200 or other relevant information from input peripheral systems 180 , such as the peripheral video input devices and/or the peripheral audio input devices discussed above.
- the portable media device 100 of FIG. 3Bis shown as being configured to support two-way communications with the content source (shown in FIGS. 2A-B ).
- the portable media device 100thereby can transmit (or upload) upload content 260 as illustrated in FIG. 3B .
- the upload content 260can comprise viewing content 200 , including selected viewing content 200 previously received from the content source 300 , selected stored content 240 stored in the memory system 144 , and/or selected new content, such as new content provided by the portable media device 100 and/or an associated peripheral system 180 .
- the upload content 260likewise can include one or more communication signals provided by the portable media device 100 and/or an associated peripheral system 180 .
- Exemplary communication signalscan include system communication signals (not shown), such as a system status signal, for the portable media device 100 and/or the associated peripheral system 180 , and/or user communication signals, such as the content selection signal 250 , as initiated by the user via the input system 170 .
- system communication signalssuch as a system status signal
- user communication signalssuch as the content selection signal 250 , as initiated by the user via the input system 170 .
- the transceiver system 164can receive the upload content 260 , such as the selected viewing content 200 , the selected stored content 240 , and/or the content selection signal 250 as shown in FIG. 3B , via the control system 140 . In the manner discussed in more detail with reference to FIG. 3A , the transceiver system 164 can process the upload content 260 and can provide the processed upload content 260 to the communication port 162 for transmission. When the portable media device 100 and the content source 300 are in communication, the transceiver system 164 can transmit (or upload) the upload content 260 to the content source 300 . The portable media device thereby can provide enhanced functionality, such as support for viewing content uploads and other passenger transactions, during travel.
- FIGS. 4A-BOne embodiment of the portable media device 100 is illustrated in FIGS. 4A-B .
- the portable media device 100Being shown as a light-weight and thin entertainment portal the portable media device 100 includes a communication interface 160 and an ergonomic user interface 110 each being provided in the matter set forth in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 2A-B and 3 A-B.
- the user interface 110permits a user (or passenger) (not shown) to intuitively interact with the portable media device 100 and, therefore, at least one content source 300 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B ) and includes a video system 120 , an audio system 130 , and an input system 170 as discussed above. Being configured for selecting viewing content 200 (shown in FIG.
- the input system 170is illustrated as having a plurality of switches (or pushbuttons) 172 and a pointing device 174 .
- the switches (or pushbuttons) 172are shown as including a main power switch 172 A and at least one volume control switch 172 B.
- a plurality of playback control switches 172 Ccan be provided to intuitively control the presentation of the time-delayed viewing content 200 .
- the illustrated playback control switches 172 Ccan be used to provide rewind, play, stop (or pause), skip, and fast forward control functionality for the viewing content 200 , as desired.
- Playback control switches 172 Dlikewise are provided to control the presentation of live (or real-time) viewing content 200 .
- the playback control switches 172 Dcan be configured to select the appropriate television channel and/or radio station.
- the switches 172 A-Dlikewise can be configured to provide other preselected functions, including, for example, enhanced content presentation control functions, such as mixing, equalization, and/or muting functions, and/or content management functions, such as content transferring, editing, and/or deleting functions.
- the input system 410can provide file and/or content editing functionality.
- the quantity, physical size, and arrangement of the switches 172 A-Dpreferably are provided in an intuitive manner to facilitate use of the portable media device 100 .
- the pointing device 174likewise can be provided in any conventional manner and preferably is provided in a manner that facilitates use of the portable media device 100 . Being disposed on the portable media device 100 , the pointing device 174 can be fixedly provided on the portable media device 100 as illustrated in FIG. 3A and/or can be removably coupled with the portable media device 100 .
- the pointing device 174is shown as comprising a plurality of control switches, including at least one directional switch 174 A and at least one selection switch 174 B.
- a cursor 174 C and at least one selectable identifier 174 Dcan be presented via the video system 134 B, and the directional switch 174 A can be configured to move the cursor 174 C in a selected direction on the video display 122 and toward the selectable identifier 174 D of interest.
- the selection switch 174 Bcan be activated to initiate the functionality associated with the relevant selectable identifier 174 D.
- the user interface 110thereby can be provided as a graphical user interface (GUI).
- GUIgraphical user interface
- the functions associated with the switches 172 A-Dcan be reallocated, such as via further combining and/or separating, as desired.
- the portable media device 100can be configured to power up upon activation of at least one of the switches 172 A-D and to automatically power down based upon any suitable predetermined criteria, such as a selected amount of time of non-use.
- the main power switch 172 Athereby can be omitted from the portable media device 100 of FIG. 4A .
- the functions associated with the pointing device 174likewise can be reallocated, such as via further combining and/or separating of the pointing device switches 174 A-B, as desired. Stated somewhat differently, the functions associated with the input system 170 can be distributed among the switches 172 and/or the pointing devices 174 in any suitable manner.
- additional control switchessuch as a keyboard and/or a game pad, can be provided for use with the portable media device 100 .
- the additional control switchescan be disposed on the portable media device 100 in the manner set forth above with reference to the switches 172 A-D among the plurality of switches (or pushbuttons) 172 and/or the directional switch 174 A and the selection switch 174 B of the pointing device 174 .
- the additional control switchescan be configured to communicate with the portable media device 100 via one or more of the input ports and/or the peripheral ports 182 (shown in FIG. 3B ) of the portable media device 100 in any conventional manner as discussed above.
- the additional control switchesadvantageously enable the portable media device 100 to be more flexibly configurable for use with a wide range of viewing content 200 .
- the portable media device 100is shown in FIGS. 4A-B as including a video system 120 and an audio system 130 .
- the video system 120has a video display system 122 , such as a high-resolution video display system, that is suitable for presenting the video portion of the selected viewing content 200 .
- the display system 122can be a widescreen, active matrix liquid crystal display (LCD) system with at least video graphics array (VGA) resolution.
- the viewable area of the display system 122typically has a minimum width that is between approximately seven inches and nine inches.
- the display system 122is a flat screen video display system to further enhance the presentation of the selected viewing content 200 .
- the display system 122can include a protective translucent cover (not shown). The protective translucent cover is configured to protect the viewing area of the display system 122 from damage and can be customized, for example, by tinting the cover, in whole and/or in part.
- the audio system 130 of the portable media device 100can audibly present the audio portion (or selected audio content 230 as shown in FIGS. 3A-B ) of the selected viewing content 200 in any conventional manner.
- the portable media device 100can include one or more speaker systems 132 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ) and/or one or more audio ports 134 in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 3A-B .
- the portable media device 100preferably has a plurality of audio ports 134 to permit the selected viewing content 200 to be audibly presented to more than one user. Multiple users thereby can simultaneously enjoy the audio portion of the selected viewing content 200 on individual sets of headphones.
- each usercan view the video portion of the selected viewing content 200 (or selected video content 220 as shown in FIGS. 3A-B ) by sharing the display system 122 .
- the audio ports 134can comprise any conventional type of audio port as discussed above.
- At least one of the audio ports 134preferably is provided as a wireless audio port that is configured to support, for example, wireless peripheral audio presentation device, such as Bluetooth-capable wireless headphones in accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Standard 802.15.1.
- IEEEInstitute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
- the portable media device 100preferably comprises a small number of components to present selected viewing content 200 streamed from the content source 300 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B ).
- the portable media device 100can include a digital signal processing system (not shown) for facilitating presentation of the streamed viewing content 200 .
- the digital signal processing systemcan be provided via the control system 140 (shown in FIG. 1 ) and/or the processing system 120 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B ) and can include one or more microprocessors ( ⁇ Ps), central processing units (CPUs), digital signal processors (DSPs), and/or coder/decoders (CODECs).
- the portable media device 100likewise can include a memory system 144 .
- the memory system 144preferably has a program memory system, such as a FLASH memory system, for storing resident software applications as well as other types of application software, such as games, and data.
- the memory system 144can include an optional hard drive (HDD) system.
- the portable media device 100thereby can provide enhanced programming flexibility and redundant programming, such as protection against failure.
- viewing content 200can be stored on the hard drive (HDD) system as stored content 240 (shown in FIG. 3B ) such that the portable media device 100 is less reliant on the content source 300 for viewing content 200 .
- the portable media device 100can be configured to operate from power provided via a battery system 190 and/or can include a power port 192 for coupling with, and receiving power from, an external power source (not shown).
- the battery system 190can be provided in any conventional manner, including one or more separate batteries and/or battery packs, the battery system 190 can comprise a rechargeable battery system.
- the battery system 190Preferably having a short recharge time and a high charge cycle lifetime, the battery system 190 preferably is capable of providing sufficient power to operate the portable media device 100 for a long period of time.
- An exemplary rechargeable battery system 190can include at least one lithium ion polymer battery that can provide a long, lasting charge of approximately eight hours or longer, that has a rapid recharge time of four hours or less, and that can be recharged over one thousand times. The life of the battery system 190 is extended by controlling the manner by which the battery system 190 is recharged and/or by providing the portable media device 100 with a small number of components as discussed above.
- the battery system 190if rechargeable, can be recharged externally from the portable media device 100 and/or while installed via the external power source regardless of whether the portable media device 100 is being used.
- the portable media device 100can include a plurality of rechargeable battery systems 150 , such that at least one of the battery systems 150 can be externally recharged while the portable media device 100 is in use.
- the external power sourcecan be provided in any conventional manner, such as a power adapter, and is configured to provide alternating current (AC) power and/or direct current (D/C) power that is compatible for use with the portable media device 100 .
- ACalternating current
- D/Cdirect current
- the rechargeable battery systems 150likewise can provide backup power if the external power source fails.
- the portable media device 100can include a battery power meter (not shown).
- the battery power metercan be provided in any conventional manner such that the status of the battery system 190 can be readily determined.
- the battery power metercan be integrated with the main power switch 172 A.
- the portable media device 100can include one or more other features for facilitating its use.
- the portable media device 100can be disposed in an attractive housing 102 with any suitable color and/or texture.
- a plurality of feet 104can be provided on the housing 102 of the portable media device 100 . Being configured to help ensure the stability of the portable media device 100 when placed on a surface (not shown), the feet 104 can be disposed on the housing 102 in any suitable arrangement, number, and/or dimension.
- the feet 104preferably are formed from a rubberized material and can grip the surface to enhance the stability the portable media device 100 .
- the portable media device 100can include a carrying handle 106 and, when not in use, can be disposed in a protective carry pouch (not shown).
- a plurality of openings 108likewise can be formed in the housing 102 of the portable media device 100 .
- the openings 108can serve several purposes, including providing ventilation to help ensure a safe and reliable operating temperature and/or providing a convenient grip detail, for the portable media device 100 .
- the portable media device 100is shown as including a viewing support 195 .
- the viewing support 195is configured to support the portable media device 100 such that the portable media device 100 can present the selected viewing content 200 in a hands-free manner.
- the viewing support 195can support the portable media device 100 at any preselected viewing angle to accommodate users of various sizes and diverse viewing environments.
- the viewing support 195is illustrated in FIG. 4C as including an extended member 196 that is adjustably coupled with the housing 102 of the portable media device 100 .
- the proximal end region of the viewing support 195can be rotatably coupled with the housing 102 via a hinge assembly 197 .
- the distal end region of the viewing support 195can include one or more feet 198 to help ensure the stability of the portable media device 100 when the viewing support 195 is deployed.
- the feet 198can be provided in any suitable manner, including the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the feet 104 (shown in FIGS. 4A-B ).
- the portable media device 100likewise can include a protective cover 199 as illustrated in FIG. 4D .
- the protective cover 199can cover the user interface 110 (shown in FIG. 4A ), in whole or in part.
- the protective cover 199can be configured to removably cover the display system 122 (shown in FIG. 4A ) of the input system 170 (shown in FIG. 4A ) and the switches (or pushbuttons) 172 (shown in FIG. 4A ) and the pointing device 174 (shown in FIG. 4A ) of the input system 170 (shown in FIG. 4A ).
- the protective cover 199 and the viewing support 195preferably incorporated.
- the viewing support 195thereby can support the portable media device 100 when deployed in the manner set forth above and can protect the portable media device 100 when the portable media device 100 is not in use.
- FIG. 5Aillustrates an alternative embodiment of the portable media device 100 with an ergonomic user interface 110 provided in the matter set forth in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 2A-B and 3 A-B.
- a useror passenger (not shown) thereby can intuitively interact with the portable media device 100 and, therefore, at least one content source 300 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B ).
- the portable media device 100can include a video system 120 , an audio system 130 , and an input system 170 each being provided in the manner discussed in more detail above. Being configured for selecting viewing content 200 (shown in FIG.
- the input system 170is illustrated as having a plurality of switches (or pushbuttons) 172 and a pointing device 174 .
- the user interface 110preferably is provided as a graphical user interface (GUI) as illustrated in FIG. 5A .
- the video system 120can include a video display system 122 , such as a high-resolution video display system, that is suitable for presenting the video portion of the selected viewing content 200 .
- the video display system 122likewise can present an interactive hierarchical menu structure 174 X for identifying and selecting viewing content 200 (shown in FIG. 1 ) that is available for visual and/or audio presentation by the portable media device 100 .
- the viewing content 200can include viewing content 200 previously received from the content source 300 , stored content 240 (shown in FIG. 3B ) stored in the memory system 144 (shown in FIG.
- the user interface 110thereby can facilitate the selection of viewing content 200 to be presented via the portable media device 100 .
- viewing content 200can be selected for presentation by making an appropriate menu selection 174 Y via the switches (or pushbuttons) 172 and/or the pointing device 174 .
- the switches 172 and/or the pointing device 174preferably are provided in an appropriate quantity, physical size, and arrangement to facilitate use of the portable media device 100 .
- the switches 172can include the switches (or pushbuttons) 172 X, 172 Y for making the appropriate menu selection 174 Y for identifying the selected viewing content.
- the pointing device 174likewise can be employed to identify the selected viewing content.
- the audio system 130is illustrated as including a speaker system 132 and switches (or pushbuttons) 172 Y, 172 Z for providing volume control.
- the switches (or pushbuttons) 172can be provided to intuitively control the presentation of the selected viewing content 200 .
- One or more of the switches (or pushbuttons) 172can be used to provide rewind, play, stop (or pause), and fast forward control functionality for the selected viewing content 200 , as desired.
- the viewing content 200comprises satellite television programming and/or satellite radio programming, for example, the switches 172 can be configured to select the appropriate television channel and/or radio station.
- the functions associated with the switches 172 X-Zcan be reallocated, such as via further combining and/or separating, as desired.
- the functions associated with the input system 170can be distributed among the switches 172 and/or the pointing devices 174 in any suitable manner.
- the portable media device 100is shown as including a viewing support 195 .
- the viewing support 195is configured to support the portable media device 100 such that the portable media device 100 can present the selected viewing content 200 in a hands-free manner in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to FIG. 4C .
- the viewing support 195can support the portable media device 100 at any preselected viewing angle to accommodate users of various sizes and diverse viewing environments.
- the viewing support 195is illustrated in FIG. 5C as including an extended member 196 that is adjustably coupled with the housing 102 of the portable media device 100 .
- the proximal end region of the viewing support 195can be rotatably coupled with the housing 102 via at least one hinge assembly 197 .
- the distal end region of the viewing support 195can include one or more feet (not shown) to help ensure the stability of the portable media device 100 when the viewing support 195 is deployed.
- the feetcan be provided in any suitable manner, including the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the feet 198 (shown in FIG. 4C ).
- a portable media device 100can be configured to present selected viewing content 200 provided by a plurality of content sources 300 .
- the content sources 300 A-Nare shown as providing viewing content 200 A-N, respectively, and can be proximate to and/or remote from, the portable media device 100 .
- the portable media device 100can select the desired viewing content 200 from among the viewing content 200 A-N for presentation and can present the selected viewing content 200 .
- the portable media device 100likewise can transmit upload content 260 (shown in FIG.
- the portable media device 100can communicate with any suitable number of content sources 300 and thereby can offer enhanced functionality by providing viewing content 200 from the plurality of content sources 300 .
- a plurality of portable media device 100each can be configured to present viewing content 200 provided by a selected content source 300 .
- the selected content source 300 Ican provide viewing content 200 IA to the portable media device 100 A; whereas, the portable media devices 100 B-M can receive respectively receive the viewing content 200 IB-M.
- each of the portable media devices 100 A-Mcan respectively select the desired viewing content 200 IA-M from the selected content source 300 I for presentation and can present the selected viewing content 200 IA-M.
- One or more of the portable media devices 100 A-Mcan transmit upload content 260 (shown in FIG. 3B ), such as viewing content 200 and/or system communication signals (not shown), to the selected content source 300 I as set forth above with reference to FIG. 3B .
- the viewing content 200 IA-Mcan be substantially uniform, and/or different, among the portable media devices 100 A-M.
- the viewing content 200 IA available to the portable media device 100 Acan be based upon one or more appropriate predetermined criteria, such as a service subscription level.
- one portion of the viewing content 200 IAsuch as standard viewing content 200
- may be free of charge (or included with the service subscription level); whereas, other portions of the viewing content 200 IA, such as premium viewing content 200may be available only for an additional fee.
- transaction informationincluding payment information, such as a credit card number, and/or authorization information, such as a personal identification number (PIN) or a password
- PINpersonal identification number
- the portable media device 100includes a peripheral system 180 (shown in FIG. 3B ), such as a credit card reader system, to facilitate the transaction and/or the payment in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to FIG. 3B .
- the portable media device 100 and the content source 300can be configured to communication in any conventional manner, including directly and/or indirectly via one or more wired and/or wireless communication networks (or systems).
- FIG. 7a plurality of portable media devices 100 are shown as communicating with a plurality of content sources 300 via a content distribution system 400 .
- the content distribution system 400includes a plurality of conventional access points 410 for providing wired and/or wireless access to the content distribution system 400 and/or the content sources 300 . As shown in FIG.
- the content sources 300 A-Ncan access the content distribution system 400 via access points 410 A-N; whereas, access points 410 A 1 -M, 410 B 1 -P are configured to provide the portable media devices 100 A 1 -N, 100 B 1 -P with access to the content distribution system 400 .
- the content distribution system 400thereby can receive viewing content 200 from a preselected content source 300 and can provide the viewing content 200 , in whole and/or in part, to one or more predetermined portable media devices 100 , as desired.
- the content distribution system 400likewise can be configured to receive upload content 260 , such as viewing content 200 and/or system communication signals (not shown), provided by a preselected portable media devices 100 in the manner set forth with reference to FIG. 3B and to provide the upload content 260 , in whole and/or in part, to one or more predetermined content sources 300 .
- One or more of the content sources 300 A-Ncan respectively transmit viewing content 200 A-N to one or more of the portable media devices 100 A 1 -M, 100 B 1 -M as viewing content 200 A 1 -M, 200 B 1 -M, respectively, via the content distribution system 400 .
- viewing content 200 A from the content source 300 Acan be provided to the content distribution system 400 and respectively distributed among the portable media devices 100 A 1 -M as the viewing content 200 A 1 -M in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 6B .
- the viewing content 200 A 1 -Meach can comprise the viewing content 200 A, in whole and/or in part, and can be substantially uniform, and/or different, among the portable media devices 100 A 1 -M.
- Each of the portable media devices 100 A 1 -Mcan select the desired viewing content 200 from among the relevant viewing content 200 A 1 -M, respectively, in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 2A-B .
- the portable media devices 100 A 1 -Mcan present the selected viewing content 200 A 1 -M as desired.
- one or more of the portable media devices 100 A 1 -M, 100 B 1 -Mcan transmit upload content 260 A 1 -M, 260 B 1 -M to one or more of the content sources 300 A-N as upload content 260 A-N, respectively, via the content distribution system 400 .
- the upload content 260 A 2 , 260 B 1 , and 260 BMcan be provided by the portable media devices 100 A 2 , 100 B 1 , and 100 BM to the content distribution system 400 for distribution between the content sources 300 B, 300 C as the upload content 260 B, 260 C in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 6A .
- the upload content 260 B, 260 Ccan comprise a combination of one or more of the upload content 260 A 1 -M, 260 B 1 -M, in whole and/or in part, and can be substantially uniform, and/or different, between the content sources 300 B, 300 C.
- Each of the portable media devices 100 A 1 -M, 100 B 1 -Mtherefore can communicate with each of the content sources 300 A-N, as desired, via the content distribution system 400 .
- the content distribution system 400can be provided as a conventional wired and/or wireless communication network, including a telephone network, a local area network (LAN), a wide area network (WAN), a campus area network (CAN), personal area network (PAN) and/or a wireless local area network (WLAN), of any kind.
- Exemplary wireless local area networksinclude wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks in accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Standard 802.11, Bluetooth networks in accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Standard 802.15.1, and/or wireless metropolitan-area networks (MANs), which also are known as WiMax Wireless Broadband, in accordance with IEEE Standard 802.16.
- the content distribution system 400preferably comprises a high-speed Ethernet network, such as any type of Fast Ethernet (such as 100 Base-X and/or 100 Base-T) communication network and/or Gigabit (such as 1000 Base-X and/or 1000 Base-T) Ethernet communication network, with a typical data transfer rate of at least approximately one hundred megabits per second (100 Mbps).
- a high-speed Ethernet networksuch as any type of Fast Ethernet (such as 100 Base-X and/or 100 Base-T) communication network and/or Gigabit (such as 1000 Base-X and/or 1000 Base-T) Ethernet communication network, with a typical data transfer rate of at least approximately one hundred megabits per second (100 Mbps).
- free-space opticsor laser
- millimeter waveor microwave
- UWBUltra-Wideband
- the content distribution system 400likewise can be provided with any appropriate topology, protocol, and/or architecture.
- common network topologiesinclude mesh, star, bus, and ring network topologies.
- the topology of the content distribution system 400likewise can comprise a hybrid of the common network topologies, such as a network tree topology.
- Network protocolsdefine a common set of rules and signals by which the portable media devices 100 and the content sources 300 can communicate via the content distribution system 400 .
- Illustrative types of network protocolsinclude Ethernet and Token-Ring network protocols; whereas, peer-to-peer and client/server network architectures are examples of typical network architectures. It will be appreciated that the network system types, topologies, protocols, and architectures identified above are merely exemplary and not exhaustive.
- the portable media devices 100can be separated into two or more device groups 105 based upon any appropriate predetermined criteria.
- the portable media devices 100 of FIG. 7are shown as being separated into two device groups 105 : first device group 105 A; and second device group 105 B.
- the portable media devices 100are associated with a vehicle 500 (shown in FIGS. 8A-B ), for example, the portable media devices 100 in the first device group 105 A can be associated with a first class section of the vehicle 500 ; whereas, the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105 B can be associated with a coach class section of the vehicle 500 .
- the device groups 105 A, 105 Bmay be respectively associated with the operator and passengers of the vehicle 500 .
- the functionality of the portable media devices 100 in the first device group 105 Acan differ from the functionality of the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105 B.
- the portable media devices 100 in the first device group 105 Amay be permitted to access premium content that is not available to the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105 B.
- the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105 Blikewise might be required to make payment of a fee prior to permitting access to the content source 200 ; whereas, the portable media devices 100 in the first device group 105 A may not require payment of the fee to access the content source 200 .
- the portable media devices 100preferably are configured to communicate.
- the portable media devices 100can communicate via the content distribution system 400 such that viewing content 200 can be exchanged among two or more portable media devices 100 during travel.
- the portable media devices 100can be configured to communicate with other portable media devices 100 within the same device group 105 , and/or portable media devices 100 in different device groups 105 can communicate.
- the upload content 260 B 2 transmitted by the portable media device 100 B 2thereby can be provided as the viewing content 200 A 1 provided to the portable media device 100 A 1 and/or as the viewing content 200 BP provided to the portable media device 100 BP.
- the portable media devices 100can be initialized in any conventional manner.
- the portable media devices 100can be initialized by precharging the battery system 190 (shown in FIG. 4B ) of each portable media device 100 to a full charge.
- the portable media devices 100likewise can be initially provided with uniform viewing content 200 .
- the uniform viewing content 200can be provided to the portable media devices 100 in any conventional manner and preferably is stored by the memory systems 144 (shown in FIG. 3B ) as stored content 240 (shown in FIG. 3B ) in the manner discussed above with reference to FIG. 3B .
- Each of the portable media devices 100can receive the same uniform viewing content 200 and/or the uniform viewing content 200 can vary among the device groups 105 .
- the portable media devices 100 within each device group 105thereby can receive uniform viewing content 200 associated with the relevant device group 105 .
- the portable media device 100 and the content source 300can be associated with a vehicle 500 and can form a vehicle information system 510 .
- a vehicle information system 510can be associated with a vehicle 500 and can form a vehicle information system 510 .
- U.S. patent applicationsentitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONTENT ON MOBILE PLATFORMS,” Ser. No. 11/123,327, filed on May 6, 2005, and “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PRESENTING HIGH-QUALITY VIDEO TO PASSENGERS ON A MOBILE PLATFORM,” Ser. No. 60/673,171, filed on Apr.
- the vehicle information system 510can comprise a conventional information system and can be configured to be installed in any suitable type of vehicle 500 .
- Exemplary types of vehiclescan include an automobile 500 A (shown in FIG. 8A ), an aircraft 500 B (shown in FIG. 8B ), a bus, a recreational vehicle, and/or a boat, without limitation. If installed on an aircraft 500 B as illustrated in FIG.
- the vehicle information system 510can comprise a conventional aircraft passenger in-flight entertainment system, such as the Series 2000, 3000, eFX, and/or eX2 in-flight entertainment system as manufactured by Panasonic Avionics Corporation (formerly known as Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation) of Lake Forest, Calif.
- the vehicle information system 510 of FIG. 8Ais illustrated as being installed in an automobile 500 A and as including a conventional media server system 520 .
- the media server system 520is configured to communicate with one or more portable media devices 100 via a distribution system 400 .
- the media server system 520thereby can provide viewing content 200 to one or more of the portable media devices 100 as previously discussed with reference to the content source 300 .
- the media server system 520 of the vehicle information system 510can function as a content source 300 .
- the media server system 520likewise can receive upload content 260 from one or more of the portable media devices 100 as discussed above.
- the portable media devices 100can be associated with passenger seats 600 in the automobile 500 A.
- a driver seat 600 Ais provided with a selected portable media device 100 that is associated with a first device group 105 A; whereas, the remaining passenger seats 600 B are provided with selected portable media devices 100 that are associated with a second device group 105 B.
- the functionality and/or viewing content associated with the portable media device 100 in the first device group 105 Acan be substantially the same as, and/or differ from, the functionality and/or viewing content associated with the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105 B.
- the portable media device 100 in the first device group 105 Alikely does not include a video system 120 (shown in FIG. 3A-B ); whereas, the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105 B can include video systems 120 .
- the input system 170 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ) for the portable media device 100 in the first device group 105 Acan be configured to mute the audio systems 130 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ) for each of the portable media devices 100 in the automobile 500 A.
- the portable media devices 100can present the selected viewing content 200 and/or to provide the upload content 260 without any additional equipment being installed at the passenger seats 600 .
- FIG. 8Billustrates the vehicle information system 510 as being installed in an aircraft 500 B.
- the vehicle information system 510includes a media server system 520 and a plurality of portable media devices 100 each being provided in the manner set forth in more detail above.
- the media server system 520is configured to function as a content source 300 , such as content source 300 A, and can communicate with one or more of the portable media devices 100 via a distribution system 400 as discussed above.
- the 8Bcan provide viewing content 200 A to one or more of the portable media devices 100 as previously discussed with reference to the content source 300 and can receive upload content 260 A from one or more of the portable media devices 100 . Passengers traveling aboard the aircraft 500 B thereby can enjoy the viewing content 200 A provided by the media server system 520 during travel.
- the vehicle information system 510likewise can be configured to communicate with one or more content sources 300 , such as a terrestrial content source 300 B, that are external to, and/or remote from, the aircraft 500 B.
- the vehicle information system 510 and the terrestrial content source 300 Bcan communicate in any conventional wireless manner, including directly and/or indirectly via an intermediate communication system 560 , such as a satellite communication system 560 ′.
- the terrestrial content source 300 Bcan be configured to communicate with, and exchange with viewing content 200 and/or upload content 260 with, other terrestrial content sources (not shown).
- the terrestrial content source 300 Bis shown in FIG. 8B as providing access to the Internet 565 .
- the communication system 560can comprise any conventional type of wireless communication system, such as a cellular communication system (not shown) and/or an Aircraft Ground Information System (AGIS) communication system (not shown).
- AISAircraft Ground Information System
- the vehicle information system 510can include a conventional antenna system 530 and transceiver system 540 for communicating with the terrestrial content source 300 B.
- the antenna system 530can receive viewing content 200 B from the terrestrial content source 300 B and provide the received viewing content 200 B, as processed by the transceiver system 540 , to a computer system 550 of the vehicle information system 510 .
- the computer system 550can provide the received viewing content 200 B to the media server system 520 and/or to one or more of the portable media devices 100 , as desired.
- the computer system 550 and the media server system 520can be at least partially integrated.
- the vehicle information system 510is shown in FIG. 8B as being configured to transmit upload content 260 B to the terrestrial content source 300 B.
- one or more of the portable media devices 100 and/or the media server system 520can provide upload content 260 B to the computer system 550 and provide the upload content 260 B, as processed by the transceiver system 540 , to the antenna system 530 .
- the antenna system 530is illustrated as transmitting the upload content 260 B to the satellite communication system 560 ′, which relays the upload content 260 B to the terrestrial content source 300 B as discussed above.
- the portable media devices 100thereby can modify, append, and/or delete content from the terrestrial content source 300 B, as desired.
- the portable media devices 100can be associated with passenger seats 600 in the aircraft 500 B.
- Passenger seats 600 Aare shown as comprising seats reserved for the flight crew; whereas, passenger seats 600 B, 600 C comprise seats for other passengers, such as travelers.
- the portable media devices 100can be separated into three device groups 105 A, 105 B, and 105 C.
- the passenger seats 600 A reserved for the flight crewcan be provided with at least one selected portable media device 100 that is associated with a first device group 105 A.
- the remaining passenger seats 600 B, 600 Care separated into first class passenger seats 600 B and coach class passenger seats 600 C.
- the selected portable media devices 100 that are associated with the first class passenger seats 600 Bare associated with the second device group 105 B; whereas, the selected portable media devices 100 that are associated with the coach class passenger seats 600 C are associated with the third device group 105 C in the manner set forth above.
- the functionality and/or the viewing content 200 associated with the portable media devices 100can be substantially uniform, and/or differ, among the device groups 105 A, 105 B, and 105 C.
- the input system 170 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ) for the portable media devices 100 in the first device group 510 Acan be configured to mute the audio systems 130 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ) for each of the portable media devices 100 in the aircraft 500 B.
- the functionality and/or the viewing content 200 associated with the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105 Blikewise can be substantially uniform with, and/or differ from, the functionality and/or viewing content associated with the portable media devices 100 in the third device group 105 C.
- the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105 Bcan, for example, access premium content that is not available to the portable media devices 100 in the third device group 105 C.
- the portable media devices 100 in the third device group 105 Clikewise can require a fee to be paid prior to permitting access to some, or substantially all, of the viewing content 200 available on one or more predetermined content sources 300 ; whereas, the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105 B may be able to access substantially all of the available viewing content 200 available on the content sources 300 without requiring payment of the fee.
- the portable media devices 100 in one or more selected device groups 105 A, 105 B, and 105 Cmay be configured to select and present viewing content 200 associated with geography, such as a destination of the vehicle 500 and/or other points of interest, that may, or may not, be related to the travel route of the vehicle 500 .
- geographysuch as a destination of the vehicle 500 and/or other points of interest, that may, or may not, be related to the travel route of the vehicle 500 .
- passengerscan select and view viewing content 200 relating to hotel accommodations and/or a map of the destination city.
- informationsuch as arrival and departure times and gate information, for other flights may be provided to assist the passenger with making his connecting flight or with meeting others who are arriving at the airport terminal on different flights.
- FIGS. 9A-Bprovide a view of a passenger cabin 570 of a vehicle 500 , such as the automobile 500 A (shown in FIG. 8A ) and/or the aircraft 500 B (shown in FIG. 8B ).
- the passenger cabin 570is illustrated as including a plurality of passenger seats 600 and at least one access point 410 for access to one or more content sources 300 (shown in FIGS. 8A-B ) via the content distribution system 400 .
- the portable media devices 100 of FIGS. 9A-Bcan present selected viewing content 200 from, and/or transmit upload content 260 to, the content sources 300 in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to FIG. 7 .
- the portable media devices 100can function to supplement a video presentation system 572 , such as an overhead cabin video system 572 A and/or seatback viewing systems 572 B, and an audio presentation system 574 , such as an overhead speaker system 574 A, of the vehicle information system 510 as shown in FIG. 9A and/or can be configured to replace the video presentation system 572 and/or an audio presentation system 574 as illustrated in FIG. 9B .
- a video presentation system 572such as an overhead cabin video system 572 A and/or seatback viewing systems 572 B
- an audio presentation system 574such as an overhead speaker system 574 A
- the portable media devices 100are illustrated as including a video system 120 , an audio system 130 , and an input system 170 .
- Each of the portable media devices 100likewise includes a communication interface 160 for facilitating communication with at least one of the content sources 300 via a relevant access point 410 .
- the access points 410 of the content distribution system 400can be distributed throughout the passenger cabin 570 in any suitable manner such that each passenger seat 600 is within a coverage area of at least one access point 410 .
- the entire passenger cabin 570preferably is within a coverage area of one or more access points 410 .
- the portable media devices 100can maintain communication with the content sources 300 when the portable media devices 100 are carried about the passenger cabin 570 .
- the passenger cable 570can comprise a wireless hot spot, such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) hot spot and/or a Bluetooth hot spot.
- Wi-Fiwireless fidelity
- each passenger seat 600is shown as including an individual access point 410 .
- passenger seat 600 Wis associated with access point 410 W; whereas, passenger seat 600 X therefore is associated with access point 410 X.
- the access points 410 W, 410 Xis illustrated as being provided on arm rests 610 of the respective passenger seats 600 W, 600 ⁇ .
- the access point 410 Wis a wireless access point that is configured to communicate with a portable media device 100 , such as portable media device 100 W, that includes a wireless communication interface 160 .
- the portable media device 100 Xis shown as having a wireless communication interface 160 that is coupled with, and configured to communicate with, the wired access point 410 X via a communication cable 580 .
- the access points 410can be associated with the passenger seats 600 in any conventional manner, including in a manner that is uniform and/or different among the passenger seats 600 .
- Access points 410 Y, 410 Z of FIG. 9Beach have coverage areas that include a plurality of passenger seats 600 , including passenger seats 600 Y, 600 Z, respectively.
- the passenger cabin 570 and/or the passenger seats 600can be divided into a plurality of seat zones (not shown) based upon any suitable predetermined criteria. If the seat zones are related to seat class, for example, the passenger seats 600 , such as passenger seat 600 Y, in a first seat group 605 Y can be associated with a first class seat zone (or section) of the vehicle 500 ; whereas, the passenger seats 600 , such as passenger seat 600 Z, in a second seat group 605 Z can be associated with a coach class seat zone (or section) of the vehicle 500 .
- the vehicle information system 510can provide access to the content sources 300 (shown in FIG. 7 ) via the access point 410 Y to the portable media devices 100 , such as portable media device 100 Y, that are used in the passenger seats 600 , such as passenger seat 600 Y, in the first seat group 605 Y.
- the portable media devices 100such as portable media device 100 Z, that are used in the passenger seats 600 , such as passenger seat 600 Z, in the second seat group 605 Z receive access via the access point 410 Z.
- the portable media devices 100thereby can receive viewing content 200 in accordance with the associated seat group 605 in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to the device groups 105 (shown in FIG. 7 ).
- each passenger seat 500can include a power port 595 for providing power, having a predetermined voltage level and/or a predetermined current level, that is suitable for the portable media device 100 .
- the portable media devices 100can receive in-seat power via a power cable 590 that couples the power port 595 with a power port 192 of the portable media device 100 .
- the power port 595can be associated with the passenger seats 600 in any conventional manner, including in a manner that is uniform and/or different among the passenger seats 600 .
- the battery system 190can be periodically replaced and/or recharged as necessary.
- one or more selected cabin compartments (not shown) in the passenger cabin 570can be designated for use with the portable media device 100 .
- the cabin compartmentcan include a battery charging system (not shown) for recharging the battery system 190 of the portable media device 100 during periods of non-use.
- the battery charging systemcan be provided in any conventional manner, including the manner set forth above with reference to the battery charging system 834 (shown in FIGS. 13A , 14 , and 15 A-B).
- the passenger entertainment system 500likewise can include two sets of portable media devices 100 .
- the battery systems 190 of one set of portable media devices 100can be recharged while the other set of portable media devices 100 is in use.
- the portable media device 100likewise can include a protective cover 199 (shown in FIG. 4D ) that can flip back and serve as a viewing support 195 (shown in FIGS. 4C-D ).
- the portable media device 100thereby can function as a setback tray.
- the portable media device 100can be stored at the passenger seat 600 and/or at an adjacent passenger seat 600 .
- the portable media device 100can be placed in a storage pocket 620 , such as storage pocket 620 Z, formed in the passenger seat 600 as shown in FIG. 9B .
- the storage pocket 620likewise can be provided on a seatback 630 and/or a headrest 640 of the adjacent passenger seat 600 .
- the storage pocket 620 Yis illustrated as being formed on the seatback 630 of the passenger seat 600 Y.
- the portable media device 100likewise can be disposed on a mounting surface, such as the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 , of the adjacent passenger seat 600 during use.
- the portable media device 100When disposed on the mounting surface, the portable media device 100 preferably is supported by a mounting system 700 , 750 (shown in FIGS. 10A-J and 11 A-F).
- the mounting system 700 , 750can be provided in any conventional manner and preferably includes a main body member, a seat interface system for coupling the main body member with the mounting surface; and a device interface system for removably coupling the main body member with housing 102 of the portable media device 100 .
- the mounting system 700 , 750preferably is configured to adjust a predetermined viewing angle formed between the portable media device 100 and the mounting surface of the passenger seat 600 .
- the portable media device 100thereby can be advantageously configured for hands-free operation.
- FIG. 10Ashows an exemplary mounting system 700 for mounting a portable media device 100 on a headrest 640 (and/or a seatback 630 ) of a passenger seat 600 .
- the mounting system 700 of FIG. 10Acomprises a foam pad 700 A with a first preformed channel 710 A for receiving and engaging the headrest 640 and a second preformed channel 720 A for receiving and engaging the portable media device 100 .
- the mounting system 700likewise can be provided as a foam wedge 700 A′ that can include a clip assembly 730 A for engaging the headrest 640 and an inclined surface 720 for engaging the portable media device 100 .
- the foam pad 700 A and the foam wedge 700 A′can be sufficiently buoyant for use as a floatation device in case of a water landing.
- the mounting system 700can be provided as a metal platform 700 B.
- the metal platform 700 Bincludes a main body member 710 B for supporting the portable media device 100 .
- the main body member 710 Bis coupled with a clip assembly 720 B for engaging the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600 and a support member 730 B upon which the portable media device 100 can rest.
- the main body member 710 Bcan support the portable media device 100 at an adjustable predetermined viewing angle relative to the seatback 630 of the passenger seat 600 .
- the clip assembly 720 B and the support member 730 Bare shown as being rotatably coupled with the main body member 710 B such that the main body member 710 B can be retracted when not in use.
- the mounting system 700 C of FIG. 10Chas a main body member 710 C that is coupled with a clip assembly 720 C for engaging the headrest 640 and a rotating support member (or panel) 730 C for receiving and engaging the portable media device 100 .
- the rotating support member (or panel) 730 Ccan rotate relative to the main body member 710 C such that the portable media device 100 can be supported at an adjustable predetermined viewing angle relative to the seatback 630 .
- FIG. 10Dillustrates a mounting system 700 D with a main body member 710 D that is coupled with a clip assembly 720 D for engaging the headrest 640 .
- the main body member 710 Dforms a groove 730 D for receiving and adjustably engaging the portable media device 100 .
- the mounting system 700 Dthereby can support the portable media device 100 at an adjustable predetermined viewing angle relative to the seatback 630 as discussed above.
- a mounting system 700 Eis shown that includes a first mounting member 710 E for coupling with the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600 .
- a second mounting member 720 Eis configured to cooperate with, and engage, the first mounting member 710 E and can couple with the portable media device 100 .
- the second mounting member 720 Ecan couple with the portable media device 100 via an intermediate member 730 E, such as a soft hook device.
- the mounting system 700 F of FIG. 10Fhas a main body member 710 F that is pliable and can engage the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600 .
- the main body member 710 Fcan include a plurality of magnetic structures 720 F, 730 F, and a plurality of corresponding magnetic structures 720 F′, 730 F′ can be disposed on the housing 102 of the portable media device 100 .
- the magnetic structures 720 F, 720 F′are illustrated as being attracting magnetic structures with opposite polarities for supporting the portable media device 100 ; whereas, the magnetic structures 730 F, 730 F′ are shown as being repelling magnetic structures with same polarities for providing the predetermined viewing angle formed between the portable media device 100 and the seatback 630 .
- FIG. 10Gshows a mounting system 700 G with a main body member 710 G that can engage the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600 .
- the mounting system 700 Glikewise can form a gap 720 G between the main body member 710 G and the seatback 630 for receiving and adjustably engaging the portable media device 100 as illustrated in FIG. 10G .
- the mounting system 700 Gthereby can support the portable media device 100 at any adjustable predetermined viewing angle relative to the seatback 630 as discussed above.
- a mounting system 700 His shown that comprises a main body member 710 G for engaging the headrest 640 .
- the main body member 710 Gcan form a channel 720 H for receiving the portable media device 100 .
- the user interface 110 of the portable media device 100is accessible via an appropriately-sized opening formed in the main body member 710 G.
- the main body member 710 Gcan be rotatable relative to the seatback 630 to provide any predetermined viewing angle.
- the mounting systems 700 I, 700 Jare shown as including respective main body members 710 I, 710 J.
- the main body members 710 I, 710 Jare pliable and can engage the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600 .
- the main body member 710 Iis configured to support the portable media device 100 by wrapping itself around at least a portion of the portable media device 100 ; whereas, the main body member 710 J is shown as being coupled with at least one support strap 720 J for receiving and supporting the portable media device 100 .
- the mounting systems 700 I, 700 Jeach can form a predetermined viewing angle formed between the portable media device 100 and the seatback 630 in any suitable manner.
- the mounting system 700 Jis illustrated as including an inflatable member 730 J, such as a balloon, for adjusting the predetermined viewing angle.
- FIGS. 11A-Fexemplary mounting systems 750 for mounting a portable media device 100 on a seatback 630 (and/or a headrest 640 ) of a passenger seat 600 are illustrated in FIGS. 11A-F .
- the mounting system 750 of FIG. 11Acomprises a main body member 760 A for receiving and engaging the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600 .
- a support member 770 Ais formed by the main body member 760 A and can engage and support the portable media device 100 . Being formed from a pliable material, the support member 770 A can bend relative to the main body member 760 A to form an adjustable predetermined viewing angle formed between the portable media device 100 and the seatback 630 .
- a mounting system 750 Bis shown that includes a main body member 760 B that is adjustably coupled with a plurality of opposing support members 770 B.
- the main body member 760 Bcan couple with the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600 .
- the support members 770 Bare configured to cooperatively engage the portable media device 100 .
- the portable media device 100can be disposed between pairs of the support members 770 B, which can adjustably couple with the portable media device 100 to provide the predetermined viewing angle formed between the portable media device 100 and the seatback 630 .
- the 11Chas a main body member 760 C for engaging the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600 .
- the main body member 760 Cis coupled with a support member 770 C that can be received within, and engaged by, a cooperating opening 780 C formed in the housing 102 of the portable media device 100 .
- the portable media device 100thereby can be supported by the mounting system 750 C.
- the predetermined viewing angle formed between the portable media device 100 and the seatback 630can be adjustable.
- FIG. 11Dshows a mounting system 750 D with an elongate body member 760 D that can engage the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600 .
- An end region of the elongate body member 760 Dincludes a connector assembly 770 D for coupling with a cooperating connector assembly 780 provided on the housing 102 of the portable media device 100 .
- the mounting system 750 Dthereby can adjustably support the portable media device 100 in the manner set forth above.
- FIG. 11Ea mounting system 750 E is shown that comprises a main body member 760 E for engaging the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 .
- the main body member 760 Eis coupled with a flexible body member 770 E having opposite end regions 780 E′, 780 E′′ and a central region 790 E for coupling with the portable media device 100 .
- a flexible body member 770 Ehaving opposite end regions 780 E′, 780 E′′ and a central region 790 E for coupling with the portable media device 100 .
- one end region 780 E′ of the flexible body member 770 Eis adjustably coupled with the main body member 760 E; whereas, the other end region 780 E′′ is fixedly coupled with the main body member 760 E.
- the portable media device 100can be disposed on the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the adjacent passenger seat 600 in any conventional manner.
- the mounting system 700 , 750can include indicia, such as textual indicia 755 , for providing advertising information.
- the textual indicia 755can promote and/or encourage use of the portable media device 100 .
- the indicia 755can be provided on the mounting system 700 , 750 in any suitable manner.
- a device management system 800 for managing, and/or providing logistics support for, one or more of the portable media devices 100is illustrated in FIG. 12 .
- the device management system 800can manage the portable media devices 100 in any conventional manner and can be provided in any conventional manner, such as via one or more hardware components and/or software components.
- the portable media device 100can include one or more peripheral systems 180 (shown in FIG. 3B ).
- the portable media device 100can be provided with a device identification system 810 for exchanging device identification data 820 with a device management interface 830 , which, in turn, can exchange management data 840 with a device management database system 850 , as shown in FIG. 12 .
- the device management database system 850can maintain a historical record for the portable media device 100 and can provide management data 840 , such as one or more device configuration instructions, for configuring the portable media device 100 for future use.
- the device management system 800can be configured to initialize the portable media device 100 for use in the manner discussed in more detail above.
- the device identification system 810can be provided in any conventional manner and is illustrated in FIG. 12 as including an identification communication port 812 for communicating with the device management interface 830 , a compatible identification transceiver system 814 for receiving and/or transmitting the identification data 820 , and an identification memory system 816 for storing the identification data 820 .
- the identification communication port 812can comprise a wired communication port for supporting wired communications and/or a wireless communication port for supporting wireless communications over one or more communication frequencies.
- the identification transceiver system 814can be provided in the manner set forth above with reference to the transceiver system 164 (shown in FIGS.
- the identification memory system 816can be provided in the manner discussed above with regard to the memory system 144 (shown in FIG. 3B ).
- the device identification system 810in whole and/or in part, can be provided as a peripheral system 180 and/or can be at least partially incorporated into the portable media device 100 .
- the identification memory system 816can be separate from, or at least partially incorporated with, the memory system 144 .
- the device management system 800can be provided as a conventional radio frequency identification (RFID) system, wherein the device identification system 810 can comprise a RFID tag system, and the device management interface 830 can be provided as a RFID reader/computer system.
- RFIDradio frequency identification
- the identification transceiver system 814can comprise a radio frequency ID transponder, which conforms to the principles of RFID technology, and the identification communication port 812 can be provided as a tag antenna system.
- the identification communication port 812can be coupled with the identification transceiver system 814 and typically comprises a microchip antenna system using well-known coil-on-chip technology in the conventional manner as set forth in more detail in U.S. Pat. No. 6,892,052, issued to Kotola et al., the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- the identification memory system 816can include an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM) system that can be configured to store device identification data 820 associated with the portable media device 100 .
- Illustrative device identification data 820can include a serial number of the portable media device 100 , a serial number of the battery system 190 (shown in FIG. 4B ), an identity of the owner of the portable media device 100 , and/or information regarding the media content 200 (shown in FIG. 7 ) stored by the portable media device 100 .
- the device identification system 810thereby can receive a download identification data 822 , such as an interrogation signal, from the device management interface 830 and can separate the radio-frequency (RF) energy from the received download identification data 822 .
- the energy captured by the identification communication port 812can be processed by the identification transceiver system 814 , which can respond by transmitting an upload identification data 824 to the device management interface 830 to initiate one or more device management system operations.
- RFradio-frequency
- the device identification data 820can comprise a wide range of information about the portable media device 100 and/or one or more individual components of the portable media device 100 , such as the battery system 190 .
- the device identification data 820can include status (and/or performance) information for the portable media device 100 and/or historical maintenance information, such as a date and/or a location where the portable media device 100 was last serviced.
- status (and/or performance) informationsuch as a current battery charge level and/or a number of charging cycles, can be provided for the battery system 190 .
- the device identification data 820likewise can include information about the viewing content 200 stored by the portable media device 100 .
- the device identification data 820can include, for example, a date and/or a location where the current viewing content 200 was loaded onto the portable media device 100 and/or a date period and/or a catalogue (or content listing) of the current viewing content 200 .
- One or more active content sets for the viewing content 200can be identified and/or selected by the device identification data 820 .
- the device identification data 820likewise can include usage information, such as cycle usage and/or a date for any user data offloads, of the portable media device 100 and/or transactional information, such as any user billing information.
- the device management interface 830can include a portable (or handheld) system and/or a substantially fixed system.
- the device management interface 830can receive the upload identification data 824 transmitted by the portable media device 100 .
- the upload identification data 824can include current device configuration information, such as identification data 820 currently stored in the identification memory system 816 and/or upload content 260 , such as status (or performance) information regarding the portable media device 100 and/or the viewing content 200 (or the stored content 240 ) (shown in FIG. 3B ) currently stored in the memory system 144 (shown in FIG. 3B ).
- the information about the viewing content 200 (or the stored content 240 ) currently stored in the memory system 144can be provided as a current content catalogue (not shown) for the portable media device 100 .
- the device management interface 830can provide the upload identification data 824 to the device management database system 850 as the upload management data 844 as illustrated in FIG. 12 .
- the device management interface 830 and the device management database system 850can communicate in any conventional manner, including via wired and/or wireless communications.
- the device management database system 850can maintain a historical record for each portable media device 100 .
- the historical records of the device management database system 850can include information derived from the identification data 820 from the device identification system 810 and/or the content catalogue from the memory system 144 of each portable media device 100 in the device management database system 850 .
- the device management database system 850can process the upload management data 844 to update (and/or append) the historical records for the portable media device 100 in accordance with the information provided with the upload management data 844 .
- the device management database system 850can process the upload management data 844 to determine whether the portable media device 100 is a new portable media device 100 .
- the device management database system 850can create new records; whereas, existing historical records associated with any portable media devices 100 that have been removed from the device management system 800 due, for example, to loss, theft, and/or obsolescence, can be maintained, archived, and/or deleted, as desired.
- the device management database system 850likewise can update (and/or append) the historical records to include the current device configuration information, such as identification data 820 from the identification memory system 816 and/or the upload content 260 , such as status (or performance) information regarding the portable media device 100 and/or the viewing content 200 (or the stored content 240 ) currently stored in the memory system 144 .
- the device management database system 850thereby can update (and/or append) the historical records to include the current device status and configuration of the portable media device 100 .
- the device management database system 850likewise can provide download management data 842 that can include instructions for configuring the portable media device 100 for future use.
- Illustrative download management data 842can include one or more device configuration instructions, such as at least one instruction for updating the identification data 820 stored in the identification memory system 816 and/or at least one instruction for updating the viewing content 200 (or the stored content 240 ) stored in the memory system 144 .
- the device management database system 850can transmit the download management data 842 to the device management interface 830 .
- the device management interface 830can execute the device configuration instructions included with the received download management data 842 .
- the portable media devicethereby can be configured for future use in accordance with the device configuration instructions.
- the device management interface 830can provide the instructions for updating the identification memory system 816 to the portable media device 100 as the download identification data 822 .
- the device identification system 810can receive the download identification data 822 and update the identification memory system 816 in accordance with the download identification data 822 .
- the download management data 842likewise can include one or more instructions for updating the content catalogue stored in the memory system 144 .
- the device management interface 830can process the download management data 842 and can transmit viewing content 200 to the portable media device 100 in accordance with the instructions for updating the content catalogue.
- the transmitted viewing content 200can be stored via the memory system 144 in the manner discussed above.
- the portable media device 100thereby can be configured for future use.
- the device management system 800is illustrated as including a device management interface 830 with a device interface docking station 832 for receiving a selected portable media device 100 . Communications between the portable media device 100 and the device interface docking station 832 preferably are initiated automatically when the portable media device 100 is coupled with the device interface docking station 832 .
- the device interface docking station 832can include a power communication port 832 A, a content communication port 832 B, and/or an identification communication port 832 C. Being provided in the manner discussed above with reference to the power port 595 (shown in FIG. 9B ), the power communication port 832 A is configured to cooperate with the power port 192 of the portable media device 100 and is in communication with a battery charging system 834 .
- the battery charging system 834can provide power 834 , having predetermined voltage and/or current characteristics that are suitable for charging the battery system 190 of the portable media device 100 .
- the content communication port 832 B of the device interface docking station 832is configured to communicate with the communication port 162 of the portable media device 100 and can be provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the communication port 162 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ). Thereby, the device interface docking station 832 can receive upload content 260 from the memory system 144 and/or provide viewing content 200 to the memory system 144 .
- the identification communication port 832 Cis configured to receive upload identification data 824 from, and/or provide download identification data 822 to, the device identification system 810 of the portable media device 100 . Being provided in the manner discussed above with reference to the identification communication port 812 (shown in FIG. 12 ), the identification communication port 832 C can communicate with the identification communication port 812 and, therefore, with the identification memory system 816 of the portable media device 100 .
- the device management interface 830likewise can include an interface content source 836 and/or an interface memory system 838 as illustrated in FIG. 13A .
- the interface content source 836can be provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the content source 300 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B ); whereas, the interface memory system 838 can be provided in the manner discussed above with reference to the memory system 144 (shown in FIG. 3B ).
- the interface memory system 838can provide at least temporary storage for the download management data 842 and/or the download identification data 822 , for example, while the device management interface 830 is processing the download management data 842 .
- the interface memory system 838likewise can provide at least temporary storage for the upload identification data 824 received from the device identification system 810 of the portable media device 100 pending transmission of the upload management data 844 to the device management database system 850 .
- the interface memory system 838can function a buffer system for the download identification data 822 , the upload identification data 824 , the download management data 842 , and/or the upload management data 844 .
- the interface content source 836can provide a buffer system for viewing content 200 and/or upload content 260 to be exchanged between the portable media device 100 and the device management system 800 .
- the upload identification data 824can include information about the content catalogue currently stored in the memory system 144 of the portable media device 100 .
- the information about the stored content 240including upload content 260 , can be at least temporarily stored by the interface content source 836 .
- the download management data 842likewise can include one or more instructions for updating the content catalogue stored in the memory system 144 . If the current content catalogue is to be updated with new viewing content 200 , the interface content source 836 can provide at least temporary storage for the viewing content 200 prior to transmission of the viewing content to the memory system 144 in the manner set forth in more detail above.
- the instructionscan comprise instructions for providing the selected viewing content from the interface content source 836 .
- the instructions for updating the content cataloguecan include the selected viewing content 200 .
- the device management database system 850can be associated with a database content source 852 for providing the selected viewing content 200 for updating the content catalogue of the memory system 144 .
- the database content source 852can be provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the content source 300 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B ).
- the database content source 852can transfer a copy of the selected viewing content 200 to the interface content source 836 for downloading to each of the portable media devices 100 .
- the database content source 852can comprise a global content source 300 ; whereas, the interface content source 836 can comprise a local content source 300 . Data transfer time thereby can be reduced.
- the upload content 260 provided by the portable media device 100can be stored, in whole and/or in part, in the database content source 852 and/or in the interface content source 836 .
- the operation of the device management system 800is discussed with reference to the exemplary method 860 for managing a set of portable media devices 100 as shown in FIG. 13B .
- the device management system 800can manage the set of portable media devices 100 in any suitable manner.
- the exemplary method 860begins at 860 A.
- the device management system 800is shown as receiving the set of portable media devices 100 .
- One of the portable media devices 100is selected at 860 C, and, at 860 D, the selected portable media device 100 is disposed on the device interface docking station 832 in the manner discussed above.
- the power port 192 of the selected portable media device 100can couple with the cooperating power communication port 832 A of the device interface docking station 832 .
- the battery charging system 834thereby can begin to charge the battery system 190 of the selected portable media device 100 , at 860 E.
- the battery charging system 834preferably quick-charges the battery system 190 . The downtime of the selected portable media device 100 thereby can be reduced.
- the communication port 162 and the identification communication port 812 of the selected portable media device 100 and the content communication port 832 B and the identification communication port 832 C of the device interface docking station 832likewise can respectively communicate.
- the selected portable media device 100can provide one or more predetermined device parameters, including selected identification parameters, such as a device serial number, and/or selected device status (or performance) parameters, such as offload usage statistics, a current content catalogue, an active content catalogue, and/or a current charge level on the battery system 190 , to the device management interface 830 in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 12 .
- the device management interface 830can provide the predetermined device parameters from the selected portable media device 100 to the device management database system 850 as the download management data 842 , at 860 F.
- the device management database system 850can update the historical records for the selected portable media device 100 to include the information included in the download management data 842 as discussed above with regard to FIG. 12 .
- the device management database system 850likewise can provide download management data 842 that can include instructions for configuring the portable media device 100 for future use.
- the device management database system 850can provide the download management data 842 to the device management interface 830 .
- the device management interface 830can configure the selected portable media device 100 in accordance with the instructions associated with the download management data 842 .
- the download management data 842likewise can include selected media content 200 for updating the content catalogue of the selected portable media device 100 , which selected media content 200 can be at least temporarily stored via the interface content source 836 .
- the device management interface 830therefore, at 860 H, can provide the selected media content 200 to the selected portable media device 100 in accordance with the instructions associated with the download management data 842 .
- the device management interface 830likewise can update the device identification system 810 by providing the download identification data 822 .
- the selected portable media device 100can provide a confirmation of receipt to the device management database system 850 , at 860 I, in the manner set forth above.
- the confirmation of receiptcan comprise a quality check to validate that the selected portable media device 100 has been loaded with the correct viewing content 200 .
- the confirmation of receiptlikewise can include one or more predetermined device parameters, including selected identification parameters, such as a device serial number, and/or selected device status (or performance) parameters, such as a current content catalogue, an active content catalogue, a current charge level on the battery system 190 , and/or a “device ready” status parameter.
- the device management database system 850preferably updates the historical record for the portable media device to include at least a portion of the information included with the confirmation of receipt.
- the device management database system 850can determine whether the battery system 190 of the selected portable media device 100 has received a full charge. If the battery system 190 is not fully charged, the device management database system 850 can permit the battery system 190 to continue to charge, at 860 K. The device management database system 850 thereafter can periodically request an updated current charge level on the battery system 190 , at 860 J, to determine whether the battery system 190 has received a full charge. Once the current charge level on the battery system 190 indicates that the battery system 190 is fully charged, the selected portable media device 100 is ready for future use and, at 860 L, can be removed from the device interface docking station 832 . At 860 M, each portable media device 100 in the set can be processed and prepared for future use in the manner set forth above. Once processing is complete, the set of portable media devices 100 can be provided for use, at 860 N, and the process ends at 860 O.
- FIG. 14illustrates a device management system 800 for simultaneously processing a plurality of portable media devices 100 in the manner set forth above with reference to FIGS. 13A-B .
- the device management system 800is shown as including a plurality of device management interfaces 830 in communication with the device management database system 850 .
- Each device management interface 830likewise can include a plurality of device interface docking stations 832 for receiving a plurality of portable media devices 100 .
- the device management interface 830can receive device identification data 820 from each relevant portable media device 100 and can transmit the device identification data 820 , in whole and/or in part, to the device management database system 850 as management data 840 in the manner discussed above.
- the device management database system 850can maintain historical records for each of the portable media devices and can provide configuration instruction for configuring each of the portable media devices for future use in the manner set forth above.
- Each the device interface docking station 832can update the portable media devices 100 in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 12 and 13 A-B.
- a selected device interface docking station 832such as device interface docking station 832 A, can provide the updated viewing content 200 to the associated portable media devices 100 in a wired manner and/or in a wireless manner as set forth above with reference to FIG. 3A , preferably via high-speed data communications. If the portable media devices 100 receive the updated viewing content 200 via wireless data communications, the updated viewing content 200 can be distributed to one or more of the associated portable media devices 100 in any conventional manner.
- the selected device interface docking station 832can sequentially update the associated portable media devices 100 and/or can update two or more of the associated portable media devices 100 in parallel.
- the selected device interface docking station 832can provide the updated viewing content 200 to the associated portable media devices 100 on a one-by-one basis and/or can multicast the updated viewing content 200 to more than one, preferably all, of the associated portable media devices 100 .
- the device interface docking stations 832 for a selected device management interface 830can be configured to process the portable media devices 100 in uniform and/or different manners
- the device interface docking stations 832preferably uniformly process the portable media devices 100 .
- the portable media devices 100 associated with the selected device management interface 830preferably are processed in a uniform manner, such that the portable media devices 100 are updated with uniform viewing content 200 and the device identification system 810 are uniformly updated with the device identification data 820 .
- the memory systems 144 (shown in FIG. 13A ) of the relevant portable media devices 100thereby can store the same viewing content 200 (or stored content 240 ) (shown in FIG. 3B ).
- the portable media devices 100thereby can be uniformly updated for future use in a more rapid manner.
- the portable media devices 100can be separated into two or more device groups 105 (shown in FIG. 7 ).
- the device management interfaces 830therefore may be allocated in accordance with the device groups 105 .
- the device management interface 830 Acan be configured to process the portable media devices 100 associated with a first device group 105 A (shown in FIG. 7 ); whereas, the portable media devices 100 associated with a second device group 105 B (shown in FIG. 7 ) can be processed by the device management interface 830 N.
- the portable media devices 100 in each device group 105can be simultaneously prepared for future use in a parallel manner.
- each device management interface 830 A-Nis shown as respectively including a separate battery charging system 834 A-N, interface content source 836 A-N, and/or interface memory system 838 A-N.
- the download management data 842 A-N and/or the selected viewing content 200 A-Ncan be locally stored at each device management interface 830 A-N via interface content sources 836 A-N and/or interface memory systems 838 A-N.
- the device management database system 850thereby is not required to repeatedly provide the selected viewing content 200 A-N to each device management interface 830 A-N. Instead, the selected viewing content 200 A-N can be locally stored on the relevant interface content source 836 A-N.
- the power 834 A-N provided by the battery charging systems 834 A-Npreferably is uniform.
- the device management database system 850likewise can provide access to the Internet 565 .
- the device management database system 850thereby can communicate with one or more other device management database systems 850 and/or a central (or master) device management database system (not shown) for coordinating the historical records maintained by each of the device management database systems.
- FIG. 15AAn illustrative embodiment of a multi-bay docking station 870 for the device management system 800 is shown in FIG. 15A .
- the multi-bay docking station 870receives input power 872 from an external power source (not shown), the multi-bay docking station 870 includes a switching system 876 and a power supply 878 and is configured to communicate with a server system 874 .
- the server system 874can comprise a conventional computer server system and, as desired, can at least partially incorporate the interface content source 836 (shown in FIGS. 13A and 14 ) and/or the interface memory system 838 (shown in FIGS. 13A and 14 ).
- the server system 874preferably can be configured to communicate with a plurality of docking stations 870 in the manner discussed above with reference to FIG. 14 .
- the power supply 878converts the input power 872 into power, having a predetermined voltage level and/or a predetermined current level, that is suitable for the battery systems 190 (shown in FIG. 4
- the switching system 876facilitates communications between the server system 874 and a plurality of device interface docking stations 832 , each provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 13A .
- the switching system 876can be provided as any conventional type of switching (or routing) system in the manner set forth in the aforementioned co-pending U.S. patent application, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONTENT ON MOBILE PLATFORMS,” Ser. No. 11/123,327, filed on May 6, 2005.
- the switching system 876can negotiate appropriate communication data rates, including ten, one hundred, or one thousand megabits per second (10/100/1000 Mbps), and/or a duplex mode, such as a half duplex mode and/or a full duplex mode.
- the multi-bay docking station 870can automatically begin to charge the battery systems 190 of the portable media devices 100 .
- the multi-bay docking station 870likewise can automatically initiate the download of the device identification data 820 (shown in FIG. 14 ), the update of the viewing content 200 (shown in FIG. 14 ), and/or the update of the device identification data 820 in the manner discussed above.
- the download of the device identification data 820 and the update of the viewing content 200 and the device identification data 820can be controlled via a software application executed by the server system 874 .
- the server system 874can provide the updated viewing content 200 to the portable media devices 100 on a one-by-one basis and/or can multicast the updated viewing content 200 to more than one, preferably all, of the associated portable media devices 100 .
- the server system 874likewise can extract any transaction information, such as credit card information, from the portable media devices 100 and can securely process the transaction information.
- the multi-bay docking station 870preferably provides at least one external indicator system (not shown) for each device interface docking station 832 .
- the external indicator systemcan, for example, show the status of the relevant battery system 190 .
- the external indicator systemcan indicate whether the relevant battery system 190 is being charged, is fully charged, and/or is bad and requires replacement.
- a similar indicator systemmay be provided to indicate the status of the viewing content update and/or the device identification data update for each device interface docking station 832 .
- FIG. 15Billustrates a battery charging station 880 for charging battery systems 190 separately from the portable media devices 100 (shown in FIG. 15A ).
- the battery charging station 880likewise can be advantageously applied to charge spare battery systems 190 for the portable media devices 100 .
- the battery charging station 880is shown as including a plurality of power supply/charging circuit modules 884 each for receiving input power 882 and converting the input power 882 into power, having a predetermined voltage level and/or a predetermined current level, that is suitable for the battery systems 190 as discussed with reference to the power supply 878 (shown in FIG. 15A ).
- the battery charging station 880can rapidly charge the battery systems 190 . If the battery systems 190 have an eight hour battery life, for example, the battery charging station 880 can fully charge the battery systems 190 in approximately four to five hours.
- the battery charging station 880preferably provides at least one external indicator system (not shown) to indicate the status of each battery system 190 in the manner set forth above.
- the device management system 800can be associated with an airport terminal 900 as illustrated in FIG. 16A .
- the airport terminal 900includes a plurality of gates 910 , which are divided into gate groups 910 A-N.
- Each gate group 910 A-Nis associated with a ground support station (service station) 920 A-N, respectively, for servicing aircraft 500 B, including aircraft 500 B with vehicle information systems 510 .
- each of the ground support stations 920 A-Nincludes at least one device interface docking station 832 A-N for uniformly processing portable media devices 100 in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 13A-B and 14 .
- the device management database system 850is shown as being configured to communicate with the database content source 852 as set forth above and/or a airport terminal network 930 provided in the manner set forth in the aforementioned co-pending U.S. patent application, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONTENT ON MOBILE PLATFORMS,” Ser. No. 11/123,327, filed on May 6, 2005.
- the device management system 800thereby can configure the portable media devices 100 to include viewing content 200 from the database content source 852 and/or travel information content 940 from the airport terminal network 930 via the device management interfaces 830 A-N in the manner discussed in more detail above.
- Exemplary travel information content 940can include any conventional type of information regarding each flight, such as a flight number, an aircraft tail number, gate number, flight departure and arrival time data, and/or passenger data.
- the device management interface 830 A at the ground support station 920 Acan prepare a first set 100 ′ of portable media devices 100 for use, for example, on a selected future departing flight.
- the portable media devices 100can be configured to include uniform viewing content 200 A, and the device management database system 850 can update its records for each portable media device 100 in the first set 100 ′.
- the records of the device management database system 850thereby associate each of the portable media devices 100 in the first set 100 ′ as identified, for example, by serial number, with the selected future departing flight as identified, for example, by flight number, gate number, and/or aircraft tail number.
- the ground crew(not shown) can provide the first set 100 ′ of portable media devices 100 to the aircraft 500 B′ and/or can retrieve a second set 100 ′′ of portable media devices 100 , which were used during the incoming flight, from the aircraft 500 B′.
- a portable (or handheld) device management interface 830 A′can be provided at the aircraft 500 B′ to scan each portable media device 100 in the first set 100 ′ loaded onto the aircraft 500 B′ and/or each portable media device 100 in the second set 100 ′′ retrieved from the aircraft 500 B′.
- the historical records maintained by the device management database system 850thereby can be updated to reflect that each portable media device 100 in the first set 100 ′ has been loaded onto the aircraft 500 B′ and/or that each portable media device 100 in the second set 100 ′′ has arrived at the airport terminal 900 .
- the ground crew and a representative from the aircraft 500 Beach validate the number of portable media devices 100 and electronically sign for delivery and receipt.
- the second set 100 ′′ of portable media devices 100can be processed by the device management interface 830 A as set forth above.
- the device management database system 850thereby can update the historical records for the second set 100 ′′ of portable media devices 100 to include information regarding the return of the portable media devices 100 to the ground support station 920 A and can provide configuration instructions for reconfiguring the portable media devices 100 in the second set 100 ′′, in whole and/or in part, for use on one or more subsequent flight as discussed above.
- the historical records maintained by the device management database system 850likewise can be updated to reflect any portable media devices 100 in the second set 100 ′′ that were identified as being on the aircraft 500 B but that were not scanned when the second set 100 ′′ of the portable media devices 100 was retrieved from the aircraft 500 B′.
- the missing portable media devices 100 in the second set 100 ′′may not have been retrieved from the aircraft 500 B′ for a variety of reasons, including, for example, loss and/or theft. Electronic tracking therefore can facilitate the maintenance of a complete historical record for each portable media device 100 .
- the device management system 800can advantageously provide logistical control and management of the portable media devices 100 and/or can provide the associated data to the operator of the aircraft 500 B′.
- the portable media devices 100preferably are disposed within one or more device containers 950 in preparation for delivery to the aircraft 500 B′ as illustrated in FIG. 16B .
- the device containers 950can be provided in any suitable manner.
- the device containers 950comprise tamper-evident containers that are appropriately sized for use with a standard aircraft galley cart (not shown), such as a half-size galley cart and/or a full-size galley cart.
- the device containers 950can be provided as sealable containers and/or containers that include at least one security seal to evidence that the device containers 950 have been opened.
- the device containers 950preferably are constructed such that the device identification systems 810 of the portable media devices 100 can communicate with a device management interface 830 when the portable media devices 100 are disposed within the sealed device containers 950 .
- the device containers 950can include indicia for readily identifying the contents sealed within.
- a packing list 952can be provided for identifying the contents of the device containers 950 .
- a separate packing list 952can be provided for each device container 950 , and/or two or more device containers 950 can share a common packing list 952 .
- the packing list 952can include content information such as a number of the portable media devices 100 stored within the associated device container 950 , a device serial number for each portable media device 100 , and/or quality assurance information for each portable media device 100 .
- Exemplary quality assurance informationcan include information, such as a date, location, and inspector name, related to the inspection and sealing of the associated device container 950 .
- the packing list 952likewise can include at least one section for comments, such as comments regarding the portable media devices 100 .
- the comments sectionfor instance, can be used to identify any portable media devices 100 that have problems and to describe the problems.
- Information from the packing list 952preferably can be provided to the device management database system 850 (shown in FIG. 16A ) such that the historical record for each portable media device 100 can be updated, as needed.
- each of the device containers 950can include a container identification system 954 .
- the container identification system 954can be provided in the manner set for in more detail above with reference to the device identification system 810 (shown in FIG. 12 ) and can communicate with the device management interface 830 (shown in FIG. 12 ) and, therefore, the device management database system 850 in the manner discussed above.
- the container identification system 954can provide content information, such as the content information discussed above with reference to the packing list 952 .
- the content information provided by the container identification system 954includes a number of the portable media devices 100 stored within the associated device container 950 , a device serial number for each portable media device 100 , a serial number of the security seal, and/or information regarding the aircraft 500 ′ to which the device container 950 is to be delivered.
- the container identification system 954can communicate with the device management interface 830 such that the content information can be provided to the device management database system 850 , which can update the historical record for each portable media device 100 .
- the container identification system 954can be scanned by the device management interface 830 at each transfer to provide a chain of custody for the device containers 950 and, therefore, the portable media devices 100 .
- the device management interface 830can scan the container identification system 954 of outgoing device containers 950 when the device container 950 is inspected and sealed, when the device container 950 leaves the ground support station 920 A-N (shown in FIG. 16A ), and when the device container 950 is provided to, and disposed aboard, the aircraft 500 B′.
- the container identification system 954 of incoming device containers 950can be scanned by the device management interface 830 when the device container 950 is retrieved from the aircraft 500 B′, when the device container 950 arrives at the ground support station 920 A-N, and when the device container 950 is opened and inspected.
- the device management system 800thereby can monitor transfers of sealed device containers 950 rather than transfers of individual portable media devices 100 .
- the portable media devices 100can be inspected for any damage and, as necessary, repaired.
- the portable media devices 100then can be coupled with device interface docking station 832 (shown in FIG. 13A ). While the battery systems 190 (shown in FIG. 4B ) of the portable media devices 100 are being recharged, the device identification data 820 can be downloaded from the device identification systems 810 and provided to the device management database system 850 .
- the device management database system 850thereby can update the historical records of the portable media devices 100 and can provide configuration instruction for configuring the portable media devices 100 for future use in the manner set forth in more detail above.
- the device management interface 830can configure each portable media device 100 , updating the device identification data 820 stored by the device identification system 810 and/or updating the viewing content 200 stored by the memory system 144 , as discussed above.
- the sealed device containers 950 of portable media devices 100can be delivered to the aircraft 500 B in any conventional manner.
- the first sealed device containers 950 ′is illustrated as including the first set 100 ′ of portable media devices 100 provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 16A .
- the first sealed device containers 950 ′can be included in one or more larger flight delivery containers 960 , such as first flight delivery containers 960 ′, with other containers, such as food storage containers 970 for storing meals 972 , beverages 974 , and/or snacks 976 .
- the second set 100 ′′ of portable media devices 100can be provided as discussed above and can be provided in second sealed device containers 950 ′′ for retrieval from the aircraft 500 B′.
- the second sealed device containers 950 ′′can be included in one or more larger flight delivery containers 960 , such as second flight delivery containers 960 ′′, with other containers, such as a refuse storage container 980 .
- the aircraft 500 B′can be prepared for flight by retrieving the second flight delivery container 960 ′′ including items, such as the second set 100 ′′ of portable media devices 100 , that were used during prior travel and by providing the first flight delivery container 960 ′ including items, such as the first set 100 ′ of portable media devices 100 , for use during subsequent travel to the aircraft 500 B′.
- a fresh set of portable media devices 100is provided for each flight of the aircraft 500 B′.
- the portable media device 100can be configured to facilitate commercial transactions, including commercial transactions initiated by passengers traveling aboard a vehicle 500 (shown in FIGS. 8A-B ). Since commercial transactions typically require payment information, such as a credit card number, and/or authorization information, such as a personal identification number (PIN) or a password, the portable media device 100 includes an input system 170 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ) for entering such transaction information (not shown).
- the input system 170can be provided as discussed above with reference to FIGS. 3A-B and typically comprises a keyboard and/or a mouse.
- the portable media device 100likewise includes a credit card reader system for providing payment information in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 3B .
- Illustrative commercial transactionscan include transactions for securing access to the portable media device 100 itself.
- transaction informationmay be required to rent (and/or activate) the portable media device 100 .
- the portable media device 100likewise can require transaction information (or additional transaction information) to access selected functions of the portable media device 100 , such as to access the viewing content 200 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ) stored on the memory system 144 (shown in FIG. 3B ).
- Access to premium viewing content 200can require additional transaction information.
- the portable media device 100can store the transaction information on the memory system 144 and/or can transmit the transaction information as the upload content 260 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ).
- the transaction informationpreferably is uploaded from the portable media device 100 and provided to the device management database system 850 for processing in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to the device management system 800 (shown in FIGS. 12 and 13 A-B).
- the portable media device 100can be configured to communicate with a vehicle information system 510 (shown in FIGS. 8A-B ) installed on the vehicle 500 .
- the vehicle information system 510can process the transaction information in any conventional manner, such as via a computer system 550 (shown in FIG. 8B ) of the vehicle information system 510 .
- the vehicle information system 510can process the transaction information in real time by instantly downloading the transaction information to a terrestrial payment system (not shown) via a communication system 560 (shown in FIG.
- the vehicle information system 510likewise can process the transaction information in a time-delayed manner by storing the transaction information for downloading to the terrestrial payment system at a later time, such as arrival the destination of the vehicle 500 .
- the transaction informationpreferably is stored and/or transmitted in an encrypted format.
- the commercial transactionscan comprise any conventional type of commercial transactions, including commercial transactions performed via the Internet 565 (shown in FIG. 8B ).
- the commercial transactionscan include commercial transactions involving merchandise (not shown), such as duty-free merchandise in the case of international travel, and/or services that are available via the vehicle 500 .
- Information regarding the merchandise and/or servicescan be visually and/or audibly presented via the portable media device 100 and can include textual information and/or graphical information describing the merchandise and/or services.
- the portable media device 100likewise can one or more relevant Internet links and/or present various merchandise options, such as available sizes and/or colors, and/or service options.
- the desired merchandise and/or servicescan be selected for purchase via the portable media device 100 by entering the transaction information. If stored on the vehicle 500 , the merchandise can be made available upon receipt of the transaction information; otherwise, the merchandise can be provided upon arrival at the destination and/or shipped to a selected location.
- the portable media device 100likewise can be configured to present advertisement information for selected products and/or services.
- Uniform advertisement informationcan be presented by each portable media device 100 , and/or the advertisement information can be selectably presented by the portable media devices 100 based upon any suitable criteria.
- the advertisement informationcomprises directed advertisement information based, for example, upon a passenger's usage of the portable media device 100 .
- the advertisement informationcan be visually and/or audibly presented via the portable media device 100 and can include textual information and/or graphical information describing the product and/or service.
- the portable media device 100likewise can one or more relevant Internet links for viewing additional advertising information.
- the portable media device 100can provide transaction information to purchase the advertised product and/or service in the manner discussed above.
- the crew of the vehicle 500likewise can be provided with one or more portable media devices 100 (or the crew media devices) for assisting passengers with their commercial transactions.
- Each crew media devicecan be provided in the manner set forth above with reference to the portable media device 100 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ) and preferably are configured to receive transaction information as discussed above.
- the crew media deviceinclude a credit card reader system for providing payment information in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 3B .
- the crew media devicelikewise can include additional functionality, such as a bar code scanner system, a still and/or motion picture camera system, voice recording functionality, and voice-to-text conversion functionality.
- the crew media devicecan support any conventional type of commercial transactions, including the above-mentioned commercial transactions, such as rental of portable media devices 100 by passengers and/or merchandise (and/or services) purchases, that are supported by the portable media devices 100 for passenger usage. As desired, additional commercial transactions likewise may be supported. For example, the crew media device can be used to enter orders for food and/or beverages for delivery during travel.
- the crew media devicecan be associated with one or more merchandise bins (not shown) for storing merchandise available on the vehicle 500 .
- the merchandise binscan be provided in any suitable manner, including as stationary merchandise bins and/or portable merchandise bins.
- one or more selected cabin compartments (not shown) in the passenger cabin 570 (shown in FIGS. 8A-B )can be designated for merchandise storage.
- the crew media devicelikewise can include one or more drawers for merchandise storage and/or can be associated with a aircraft galley cart (not shown), such as a half-size galley cart and/or a full-size galley cart, with one or more drawers for merchandise storage.
- the crew media devicecan provide an inventory control system for the merchandise available for purchase on the vehicle 500 .
- the crew media devicepreferably provides the inventory control system in cooperation with one or more computer systems (not shown), such as the vehicle information system 510 .
- the computer systemscan be disposed onboard the vehicle 500 and/or external to, or remote from, the vehicle 500 .
- the crew media devicecan store the transaction information on the memory system 144 and/or can transmit the transaction information as the upload content 260 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ). If stored on the memory system 144 , for example, the transaction information preferably is uploaded from the crew media device and provided to the device management database system 850 for processing in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to the device management system 800 (shown in FIGS. 12 and 13 A-B).
- the crew media devicelikewise can be configured to communicate with the vehicle information system 510 as discussed above with reference to the portable media device 100 .
- the vehicle information system 510can process the transaction information in any conventional manner, including in real time and/or in a time-delayed manner, in the manner set forth in more detail above.
- the transaction informationpreferably is stored and/or transmitted in an encrypted format.
- the vehicle information system 510 of the aircraft 500 B and the terrestrial content source 300 Bcan communicate in any conventional wireless manner.
- an Aircraft-Ground Information Services—Cellular Modem (AGIS-CM) systemfor providing two-way data communications between an XMLRPC server system, such as the server system 520 (shown in FIG. 8B ), installed on the aircraft 500 B and an Aircraft-Ground Information Services (AGIS) server at a ground station while the aircraft 500 B is on the ground.
- AGIS-CMAircraft-Ground Information Services—Cellular Modem
- the server on board the aircraft 500 Bincludes a Cabin Memory Extension Unit (CMEU2 (AGIS-Air/AGIS-Link)) hard drive array with a communication port that is coupled with a General Packet Radio Service (GSM/GPRS) cellular transmitter/receiver via an RS-232 connection.
- CMEU2Cabin Memory Extension Unit
- GSM/GPRSGeneral Packet Radio Service
- the server on board the aircraft 500 Bis configured to dial a telephone number to contact the ground server.
- the server on board the aircraft 500 B and the ground serverthen can negotiate to form a communication channel using Internet connectivity in accordance with the XMLRPC protocol. Neither the dialing event nor the negotiation event will be triggered by opening a door to the aircraft 500 B.
- the serversare configured to exchange data while the aircraft 500 B is on the ground, regarding of whether the aircraft 500 B is stationary or in motion.
- the data transferred from the server on board the aircraft 500 Bcomprises operational information regarding an in-flight entertainment (IFE) system that is installed on the aircraft 500 B.
- the operational informationcan include, for example, passenger usage information as well as information regarding any system failures.
- the ground servercan transfer program content, such as movies or television programs, for display during subsequent flight.
- both serversPrior to forming the communication channel, both servers can store pending data transfers, which are immediately exchanged once the communication channel has been established. Since the server on board the aircraft 500 B can store and transmit the pending data transfers, on-board applications, which generate the pending data transfers, are not individually required to provide a data transfer mechanism.
- the communication systemis mounted in an aircraft 500 B and is configured for use with standard cellular telephones used by passengers on the aircraft 500 B.
- the communication systemincludes an internal antenna system for exchanging cellular communication signals with the cellular telephones.
- the internal antenna systemcan comprise a plurality of antennas distributed throughout the passenger compartment of the aircraft 500 B, such as an antenna disposed at each passenger seat, and is coupled with a central transceiver system.
- the central transceiver systemis configured to receive outgoing cellular communication signals from the internal antenna system and to convert the outgoing cellular communication signals into outgoing satellite communication signals, which are compatible with satellite communications. Coupled with an external antenna system, the central transceiver system is configured to transmit the outgoing satellite communication signals to a satellite system via the external antenna system.
- the satellite systemrelays the outgoing satellite communication signals to a terrestrial receiving station that is in communication with the public telephone network.
- the terrestrial receiving stationcan convert the outgoing satellite communication signals into outgoing telephone signals, which are compatible with the public telephone network, and provides the outgoing telephone signals to the public telephone network.
- the central transceiver systemlikewise can receive incoming satellite communication signals the terrestrial receiving station and convert the incoming satellite communication signals into cellular communication signals via a reverse process. Thereby, passengers can make cellular telephone calls during flight.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Multimedia (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Aviation & Aerospace Engineering (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Astronomy & Astrophysics (AREA)
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
- Software Systems (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Technology Law (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Two-Way Televisions, Distribution Of Moving Picture Or The Like (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application is a continuation application of co-pending U.S. application Ser. No. 11/154,749, filed on Jun. 15, 2005, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 60/580,099, filed on Jun. 15, 2004. Priority to the prior applications is expressly claimed, and the disclosures of the applications are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties and for all purposes.
- The present disclosure relates generally to portable entertainment systems and more particularly, but not exclusively, to passenger entertainment systems for use in vehicles.
- Vehicles, such as automobiles and aircraft, often provide entertainment systems to satisfy passenger demand for entertainment during travel.
- Conventional passenger entertainment systems include overhead cabin viewing systems and/or seatback viewing systems with individual controls for selecting viewing content. The viewing content typically includes entertainment content, such as audio and/or video materials, and can be derived from a variety of content sources. For instance, prerecorded viewing content, such as motion pictures and music, can be provided by internal content sources, such as audio and video systems, that are installed within the vehicle. External content sources likewise can transmit viewing content, including satellite television programming or satellite radio programming, to the vehicle via wireless communication systems.
- Conventional passenger entertainment systems, however, suffer from numerous disadvantages. Some passengers therefore find the passenger entertainment systems to be complicated to operate and the viewing content difficult to enjoy. Selection of the viewing content, for example, can prove difficult due to the awkward placement and operation of the user controls. Similarly, the viewing systems are distally located, such as overhead and/or on an opposing seatback, and typically are not adjacent to the user controls. Also, some or all of the passengers will be inhibited from enjoying the viewing content if one or more viewing systems fails. Such system shortcomings are a frequent source of passenger complaints.
- Passenger demand for entertainment likewise is continually evolving. Not only do passengers want to access the most current viewing content, such live television programming and the latest games, but they also require a more extensive selection of entertainment products and services, such as Internet access and in-transit shopping, to be available. Conventional passenger entertainment systems, however, are limited by their fixed hardware technology and cannot easily be adapted to accommodate changing passenger entertainment needs during travel.
- In view of the foregoing, a need exists for an improved passenger entertainment system that overcomes the aforementioned obstacles and deficiencies of currently-available passenger entertainment systems.
- The various embodiments disclosed herein are directed toward portable media devices for presenting viewing content during travel.
- The portable media device is configured to communicate with one or more content sources for providing viewing content. Each of the content sources may be proximate to, and/or remote from, the portable media device. Preferably being configured to wirelessly communicate with the content sources, the portable media device can select viewing content from any available content source and can download and present the selected viewing content in any conventional manner. The selected viewing content can be streamed to the portable media device for contemporaneous presentation and/or stored by the portable media device for viewing at any time. As desired, the portable media device can be configured to support two-way communications with one or more of the content sources. The portable media device thereby can provide enhanced functionality, such as support for viewing content uploads and other passenger transactions, during travel.
- Other aspects and features of the present disclosure will become apparent from consideration of the following description taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
FIG. 1 is an exemplary top-level block diagram illustrating an embodiment of a portable media device for presenting viewing content.FIG. 2A is an exemplary top-level block diagram illustrating an embodiment of the portable media device ofFIG. 1 , in which the portable media device presents selected viewing content from a content source.FIG. 2B is an exemplary top-level block diagram illustrating an alternative embodiment of the portable media device ofFIG. 2A , in which the selected viewing content is selectable at the content source.FIG. 3A is an exemplary block diagram illustrating an alternative embodiment of the portable media device ofFIG. 1 , in which the portable media device includes a communication interface for facilitating communication between the portable media device and the content source and an input system for selecting the viewing content and for controlling the presentation of the selected viewing content.FIG. 3B is an exemplary block diagram illustrating an alternative embodiment of the portable media device ofFIG. 3A , in which the portable media device likewise includes a memory system for storing the selected viewing content and/or at least one peripheral system for supplementing the functionality of the portable media device.FIG. 4A is a detail drawing illustrating a front view of one embodiment of the portable media device ofFIGS. 3A-B , in which the portable entertainment device is in an open position.FIG. 4B is a detail drawing illustrating a back view of the portable media device ofFIG. 4A .FIG. 4C is a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the portable media device ofFIGS. 4A-B , in which the portable entertainment device includes a viewing support.FIG. 4D is a detail drawing illustrating another alternative embodiment of the portable media device ofFIGS. 4A-B , in which the portable entertainment device includes a protective cover.FIG. 5A is a detail drawing illustrating a front view of another embodiment of the portable media device ofFIGS. 3A-B .FIG. 5B is a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the portable media device ofFIG. 5A , in which the portable entertainment device includes a viewing support.FIG. 5C is a detail drawing illustrating a back view of the portable media device ofFIG. 5B .FIG. 6A is an exemplary top-level block diagram illustrating another alternative embodiment of the portable media device ofFIG. 1 , in which the portable media device can present selected viewing content from a plurality of content sources.FIG. 6B is an exemplary top-level block diagram illustrating another alternative embodiment of the portable media device ofFIG. 1 , in which a plurality of the portable media devices is configured to communicate with a selected content source.FIG. 7 is an exemplary block diagram illustrating another alternative embodiment of the portable media device ofFIG. 1 , in which a plurality of the portable media devices is configured to communicate with a plurality of content sources via a content distribution system.FIG. 8A is a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the plurality of portable media devices ofFIG. 7 , in which the plurality of portable media devices and the plurality of content sources form a vehicle information system that is associated with an automobile.FIG. 8B is a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the vehicle information system ofFIG. 8A , in which the vehicle information system is associated with an aircraft.FIG. 9A is a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the vehicle information system ofFIGS. 8A-B , in which the vehicle information system provides access points adjacent to the passenger seats.FIG. 9B is a detail drawing illustrating another alternative embodiment of the vehicle information system ofFIGS. 8A-B , in which the access points are distributed throughout a passenger cabin of the vehicle.FIGS. 10A-J are detail drawings illustrating alternative embodiments of a mounting system for mounting the portable media device ofFIG. 1 on a headrest of a passenger seat.FIG. 11A-F are detail drawings illustrating alternative embodiments of a mounting system for mounting the portable media device ofFIG. 1 on a seatback of a passenger seat.FIG. 12 is an exemplary block diagram illustrating an embodiment of a device management system for the portable media device ofFIG. 1 , in which the portable media device includes a device identification system for providing device identification data.FIG. 13A is an exemplary block diagram illustrating an alternative embodiment of the device management system ofFIG. 12 , in which the device management system can maintain a historical record for the portable media device and can provide configuration instruction for configuring the portable media device for future use.FIG. 13B is an exemplary flow chart illustrating an embodiment of a method by which the device management system ofFIG. 13A can maintain the historical record for the portable media device and can provide configuration instruction for configuring the portable media device for future use.FIG. 14 is an exemplary block diagram illustrating an alternative embodiment of the device management system ofFIGS. 13A-B , in which the device management system simultaneously process a plurality of portable media devices, maintaining historical records for each portable media device and providing instruction for configuring each portable media device for future use.FIG. 15A is a detail drawing illustrating an embodiment of a docking station for the device management system ofFIG. 14 , in which the docking station is configured to interface with the plurality of portable media devices.FIG. 15B is a detail drawing illustrating an embodiment of a battery charging system for the device management system ofFIG. 14 , in which the battery charging system is configured to simultaneously charge a plurality of battery systems.FIG. 16A is a detail drawing illustrating another alternative embodiment of the device management system ofFIG. 14 , in which the device management system is installed at an airport terminal.FIG. 16B is a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the device management system ofFIG. 16A , in which the portable media devices can be packaged in sealed containers for delivery to aircraft at the airport terminal.- It should be noted that the figures are not drawn to scale and that elements of similar structures or functions are generally represented by like reference numerals for illustrative purposes throughout the figures. It also should be noted that the figures are only intended to facilitate the description of the preferred embodiments of the present disclosure. The figures do not describe every aspect of the present disclosure and do not limit the scope of the disclosure.
- Since currently-available passenger entertainment systems are difficult to operate and have limited content presentation capabilities, a portable media device with an intuitive user interface for presenting selected viewing content from one or more available content sources during travel can prove desirable and provide a basis for a wide range of applications, such as passenger entertainment systems for use on aircraft and other types of vehicles. This result can be achieved, according to one embodiment disclosed herein, by employing a
portable media device 100 as shown inFIG. 1 . - Turning to
FIG. 1 , theportable media device 100 is provided as a portable, handheld media presentation system for receivingviewing content 200 and for presenting the receivedviewing content 200. By providing theportable media device 100 as a portable, handheld media presentation system, the weight, complexity, and power consumption of theportable media device 100 each can be reduced while increasing overall device reliability. Theportable media device 100 can be provided in any conventional manner, such as via one or more hardware components and/or software components and includes anintuitive user interface 110. As illustrated inFIG. 1 , the exemplaryportable media device 100 comprises avideo system 120 for visually presenting a video portion of the viewing content200 (or video content220) and/or anaudio system 130 for audibly presenting an audio portion of the viewing content200 (or audio content230). Thevideo system 120 and theaudio system 130 are shown as being operable under the control of acontrol system 140. Theportable media device 100 thereby can control the manner in which theviewing content 200 is received and/or presented. - The
viewing content 200 can be provided by one ormore content sources 300 as shown inFIGS. 2A-B . Thecontent source 300 can be provided in any conventional manner, such as via one or more hardware components and/or software components, and can be disposed proximately to, and/or remotely from, theportable media device 100. For example, thecontent source 300 can be provided in the manner set forth in the co-pending U.S. patent applications, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DOWNLOADING FILES,” Ser. No. 10/772,565, filed on Feb. 4, 2004, and “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONTENT ON MOBILE PLATFORMS,” Ser. No. 11/123,327, filed on May 6, 2005, which are assigned to the assignee of the present application and the respective disclosures of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. Theportable media device 100 and thecontent source 300 likewise can communicate in any conventional manner, including via wired and/or wireless communications. Thereby, when in communication with thecontent source 300, theportable media device 100 can receive andpresent viewing content 200 from thecontent source 300. - The
viewing content 200 can comprise any suitable type ofviewing content 200 in the manner set forth in the above-mentioned co-pending U.S. patent application, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DOWNLOADING FILES,” Ser. No. 10/772,565, filed on Feb. 4, 2004. Preferably being provided in any conventional compressed digital format to facilitate transmission, theviewing content 200 may be provided in any appropriate analog format and/or digital format that may be compressed and/or uncompressed, as desired. To help ensure smooth presentation, theviewing content 200 preferably is buffered when transmitted from thecontent source 300 to theportable media device 100. The buffering can be provided in any conventional manner, including via, for example, theportable media device 100 and/or thecontent source 300. When configured to communicate by way of a content distribution system400 (shown inFIG. 7 ), the buffering likewise can be associated with thecontent distribution system 400, as desired. - The
viewing content 200, for example, can have entertainment content, including audio content, such as music or audio books, and/or video content, such as motion pictures, television programming, or any other type of audiovisual work. As desired, theviewing content 200 can comprise stored (or time-delayed)viewing content 200 and/or live (or real-time)viewing content 200, such as broadcast transmissions of live events or pre-recorded events. Thecontent source 300 preferably provides theviewing content 200 substantially in real-time. Illustrative formats for the video content can include Audio Video Interleave (AVI) format, Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) format, and Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG) format; whereas, Waveform (WAV) format and MPEG Audio Layer 3 (MP3) format comprise exemplary formats for the audio content. - Streaming video content preferably is provided in MPEG-4 FGS (Fine Granularity Scalable) format to help ensure transmission efficiency; however, the video content can be streamed by the
content source 300 in any suitable standard format. When configured to receive the streaming video content in MPEG-4 FGS format, theportable media device 100 can advantageously maintain compatibility with one or more other video formats, such as other Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG) formats, including MPEG-1 format and MPEG-2 format. Audio content likewise can be streamed by thecontent source 300. The streamed audio content can be provided separately, such as with music, and/or in association withother viewing content 200, such as with a soundtrack to a motion picture. Preferably being provided in MPEG-4 BSAC (Bit Slice Arithmetic Coding) format and/or Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) format, the streamed audio content can be streamed by thecontent source 300 in any suitable standard format. - As desired, other types of
viewing content 200, including application software, such as media player programs or games, and/or textual materials, such as forms, reference materials, or other documents, can be provided by thecontent source 300. Application software typically is provided in an executable (EXE) format, and exemplary formats for thetextual viewing content 200 include document text file (DOC) format, Portable Document Format (PDF), and text file (TXT) format. Although selected formats have been discussed above with reference to theaudio viewing content 200 andvideo viewing content 200 for purposes of illustration, the selected formats are merely exemplary and not exhaustive. It is understood that he viewingcontent 200 thereby can be provided in any suitable conventional format. - The
viewing content 200 can be presented by theportable media device 100 in any conventional manner, preferably substantially in real-time. For example, theportable media device 100 can download theviewing content 200 in the manner disclosed in the aforementioned co-pending U.S. patent application, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DOWNLOADING FILES,” Ser. No. 10/772,565, filed on Feb. 4, 2004. As desired, theportable media device 100 likewise can store the downloadedviewing content 200. Theportable media device 100 thereby can present theviewing content 200 at any time regardless of whether communication with thecontent source 300 is maintained. - The
viewing content 200 likewise can be streamed to theportable media device 100 from thecontent source 300. Stated somewhat differently, theviewing content 200 can be momentarily stored (or cached) by theportable media device 100. Theviewing content 200 likewise can be streamed in any conventional manner.Content sources 300 for streaming theviewing content 200 can includeterrestrial content sources 300 and/or satellite content sources300. For example, live television programming can be streamed by one or moreterrestrial content source 300, such as a broadcast television system (not shown), and/or by one or moresatellite content source 300, such as a Direct Broadcast Satellite (DBS) system (not shown). If theportable media device 100 disposed in a vehicle500 (shown inFIGS. 8A-B ) in the discussed below with reference toFIGS. 8A-B , theviewing content 200 can be streamed to theportable media device 100 from acontent source 300, such as a media server system520 (shown inFIGS. 8A-B ), installed aboard thevehicle 500. - By streaming the
viewing content 200 to theportable media device 100, loss, such as by theft, of theportable media device 100 therefore does not also result in loss of theviewing content 200. To help further ensure the security of theviewing content 200, theviewing content 200 preferably is streamed to theportable media device 100 in an encrypted format and/or can be provided with one or more other digital rights management (DRM) controls. Thereby, theviewing content 200 can be protected against any unauthorized use, copying, and/or dissemination, and/or, even if intercepted or otherwise stolen, theencrypted viewing content 200 will not be readily usable. Theviewing content 200 can be encrypted in any conventional manner, including the use of proprietary encryption techniques. By streaming theviewing content 200 from thecontent source 300, the quantity and complexity of the components comprising theportable media device 100 can be reduced. Thereby, theportable media device 100 can be provided as the portable, handheld media presentation system as discussed above. The weight, complexity, and power consumption of theportable media device 100 likewise can be reduced; whereas, the overall device reliability of theportable media device 100 can be increased. - The
viewing content 200, such as stored (or time-delayed)viewing content 200, therefore can advantageously be provided from, or stored in, a central location. Thereby, management of theviewing content 200, including updating theviewing content 200, is facilitated, and theportable media device 100 can presentviewing content 200 selected from extensive resources of thecontent source 300. Further, if theviewing content 200 comprises real-time viewing content 200, including, for example, live satellite television programming, live satellite radio programming, and/or real-time Internet access, theportable media device 100 can present thelive viewing content 200 substantially in real-time. Theportable media device 100 therefore is not limited to presentingviewing content 200 that can be stored within its resources, which can be limited in comparison with the extensive resources of thecontent source 300. As a result, theportable media device 100 can be configured to provide a wide variety ofviewing content 200 choices, which can be selected and presented on demand. - As illustrated in
FIGS. 2A-B , theportable media device 100 preferably can selectviewing content 200 provided by thecontent source 300 and can present the selectedviewing content 200 in the manner discussed above with reference toFIG. 1 . If thecontent source 300 is configured to provide a catalogue of available viewingcontent 200, theportable media device 100 can select relevant viewing content200 (or selectedviewing content 200″), as desired, from the catalogue in any conventional manner. For example, thecontent source 300 can simultaneously transmit a plurality of viewing content200 (oraggregate viewing content 200′) from the catalogue as shown inFIG. 2A . Theviewing content 200 can be transmitted on a predetermined communication channel and/or can include (or be encoded with) a unique identifier (or address). - The
portable media device 100 ofFIG. 2A includes acontent selection system 150 for receiving theaggregate viewing content 200′ and a content selection signal250 from thecontrol system 140. Based upon thecontent selection signal 250, thecontent selection system 150 thereby can identify the selectedviewing content 200″ from theaggregate viewing content 200′, for example, by selecting the predetermined communication channel and/or the unique identifier associated with the selectedviewing content 200″. Upon selecting the select the selectedviewing content 200″ and, as necessary, providing payment and/or authorization information, thecontent selection system 150 can provide the selectedvideo content 220 to thevideo system 120 and/or the selectedaudio content 230 to theaudio system 130 for presentation as discussed above. Although shown and described as being separate from thecontrol system 140 for purposes of illustration, thecontent selection system 150 can be at least partially integrated with thecontrol system 140, as desired. - Alternatively, or in addition, the
content source 300 can transmit the selectedviewing content 200″ to theportable media device 100 as shown inFIG. 2B . Theportable media device 100 ofFIG. 2B is illustrated as being configured to transmit (or upload) uploadcontent 260, includingviewing content 200 and/or communication signals, such as thecontent selection signal 250, to thecontent source 300. In other words, theportable media device 100 and thecontent source 300 can engage in two-way communications. Upon receiving thecontent selection signal 250, thecontent source 300 can identify the selectedviewing content 200″ associated with thecontent selection signal 250 and transmit the selectedviewing content 200″ to theportable media device 100. In the manner discussed above with reference toFIG. 2A , thecontent source 300 preferably transmits the electedviewing content 200″ on a predetermined communication channel and/or can include (or be encoded with) a unique identifier (or address) associated with theportable media device 100. Theportable media device 100 can receive the selectedviewing content 200″ and provide the selectedvideo content 220 to thevideo system 120 and/or the selectedaudio content 230 to theaudio system 130 for presentation as discussed above. FIG. 3A is an exemplary block diagram illustrating one embodiment of theportable media device 100. As shown inFIG. 3A , theportable media device 100 includes acommunication interface 160 for facilitating communication between theportable media device 100 and the content source300 (shown inFIGS. 2A-B ) and an intuitiveuser interface system 110 for permitting a user (or passenger) (not shown) to readily interact with theportable media device 100 and, therefore, thecontent source 300. Theportable media device 100 and thecontent source 300 can be configured to communicate in any conventional manner. Preferably, thecommunication interface 160 is configured to support high-speed data communications between theportable media device 100 and thecontent source 300.- Illustrative high-speed data communication protocols can include any type of Fast Ethernet (such as 100 Base-X and/or 100 Base-T) protocol and/or Gigabit (such as 1000 Base-X and/or 1000 Base-T) Ethernet communication protocol, with a typical data transfer rate of at least approximately one hundred megabits per second (100 Mbps). In a wired environment, the high-speed data communications between the
portable media device 100 and thecontent source 300 can be provided via one or more conventional copper communication connections and/or fiber optic communication connections. The fiber optic communication connections can be trunked, as desired. To achieve high data transfer rates in a wireless communications environment, free-space optics (or laser) technology, millimeter wave (or microwave) technology, and/or Ultra-Wideband (UWB) technology can be utilized to provide the high-speed data communications between theportable media device 100 and thecontent source 300. Theportable media device 100 and thecontent source 300 likewise can communicate directly and/or indirectly via one or more intermediate systems, such as a content distribution system400 (shown inFIG. 7 ). Illustrative embodiments of thecontent distribution system 400 are discussed in more detail below with reference toFIG. 7 . - Being disposed substantially between the
portable media device 100 and thecontent source 300, thecommunication interface 160 is configured to support any conventional type of communication, including wired communications and/or wireless communications. Thecommunication interface 160, for example, can comprise a Ethernet adapter for wired communications via a computer network and/or a modem for wired communications via a telecommunications network. As shown inFIG. 3A , thecommunication interface 160 is illustrated as including acommunication port 162 for communicating with thecontent source 300 and acompatible transceiver system 164 for receiving theviewing content 200. As desired, thecommunication interface 160 can be disposed substantially within, or separate from, theportable media device 100. - Comprising a conventional communication port, the
communication port 162 can include a wired communication port for supporting wired communications and/or a wireless communication port for supporting wireless communications over one or more communication frequencies. Conventional wired communication port include a connector system (not shown) such as an Ethernet connector system, such as Registered Jack 45 (RJ-45) connector system, and/or a telecommunication connector system, such as Registered Jack 11 (RJ-11) connector systems and Registered Jack 12 (RJ-12) connector systems. The wireless communication port can comprise an antenna system (not shown) for receiveviewing content 200 within a predetermined range of communication frequencies. Exemplary wireless communication ports can include radio-frequency (RF) communication ports and/or infrared (IR) communication ports. - The
transceiver system 164 is coupled with, and configured to communicate with, thecommunication port 162. Upon receivingviewing content 200 from thecontent source 300, thecommunication port 162 can provide the receivedviewing content 200 to thetransceiver system 164. Thetransceiver system 164 can be configured to process theviewing content 200 in any conventional manner. Illustrative conventional processes can include decoding, demodulating, and/or analog-to-digital converting theviewing content 200. Upon processing theviewing content 200, thetransceiver system 164 can provide the processedviewing content 200 to thecontrol system 140. - Since the
portable media device 100 preferably is provided in the form of a laptop computer, a palmtop computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA), cellular telephone, and/or a MPEG Audio Layer 3 (MP3) device, thecontrol system 140 typically includes at least oneprocessing system 120 for processing theviewing content 200. Stated somewhat differently, theportable media device 100 can include the functionality underlying each of the above-mentioned devices, individually and/or in combination. Theprocessing system 120 is illustrated inFIG. 3A as coupling, and facilitating communication among, thecommunication interface 160, thevideo system 120, and/or theaudio system 130. Theprocessing system 120 can comprise any appropriate number and type of conventional processing systems, such as one or more microprocessors (μPs), central processing units (CPUs), digital signal processors (DSPs), and/or coder/decoders (CODECs), and can process theviewing content 200 in accordance with user instructions (or commands), such as acontent selection signal 250 and/or apresentation control signal 270. - If the
viewing content 200 is provided to theportable media device 100 in an encrypted format as discussed in more detail with reference toFIGS. 2A-B , theprocessing system 142 can decrypt theencrypted viewing content 200 to restore theviewing content 200. Theprocessing system 142 likewise can be configured to process theviewing content 200 in a suitable manner provide the video portion of the viewing content200 (or video content220) and/or the audio portion of the viewing content200 (or audio content230). Thereby, theprocessing system 120 can provide the selectedvideo content 220 to thevideo system 120 for visual presentation and/or the selectedaudio content 230 to theaudio system 130 for audible presentation. - In the manner discussed above, the
video system 120 can be configured to visually present the selectedvideo content 220. Thevideo system 120 can be provided in any conventional manner and, as shown inFIG. 3A , includes adisplay system 122 and/or avideo port 124 for coupling thevideo system 120 with one or more peripheral video presentation systems (not shown). Illustrative peripheral video presentation systems can include external video display systems with enhanced viewing features, such as larger viewable areas and/or higher image resolutions. As desired, thevideo port 124 likewise can be configured to communicate with peripheral video input devices, such as a still and/or motion picture camera system. Thevideo system 120 preferably is suitable for presenting any conventional type ofviewing content 200, including anyviewing content 200 available via theportable media device 100, user instructions for accessing thecontent source 300, and/or a catalogue of theviewing content 200 available via thecontent source 300. For example, thedisplay system 122 preferably has an appropriately-sized viewable area with sufficient resolution for visually presenting theviewing content 200. - Illustrative video resolutions for presenting
viewing content 200, such as the movies and/or television programming, can include any color graphics adapter (CGA) resolution, enhanced graphics adapter (EGA) resolution, video graphics array (VGA) resolution, extended graphics array (XGA) resolution, super extended graphics array (SXGA) resolution, ultra extended graphics array (UXGA) resolution, and/or wide graphics array (WXGA) resolution. Thevideo system 120 likewise can provide a graphical user interface (GUI) to facilitate interaction with theportable media device 100 and/or an interactive menu of theavailable viewing content 200, includingviewing content 200 available via thecontent source 300 and/orviewing content 200, such as stored content240 (shown inFIG. 3B ), previously received by theportable media device 100. Theuser interface 110 thereby can provide an intuitive user interface for assisting the user in selectingviewing content 200 for presentation, for controlling the transmission of the selectedviewing content 200, and/or for controlling the manner in which the selectedviewing content 200 is presented by theportable media device 100. - The
audio system 130 likewise can be provided in any conventional manner and is configured to audibly present the selectedvideo content 220. As illustrated inFIG. 3A , includes one ormore speaker systems 132 and/oraudio ports 134 for coupling theaudio system 130 with one or more peripheral audio presentation devices (not shown). Exemplary peripheral audio presentation devices can include headphones, speakers, and/or amplifiers. As desired, theaudio port 134 likewise can be configured to communicate with peripheral audio input devices, such as a microphone and/or a compact disk player. Theaudio system 130 preferably is suitable for presenting any conventional type ofviewing content 200, including anyviewing content 200 available via theportable media device 100. For example, theaudio system 130 preferably has an appropriate audio processing capabilities, such as filtering functionality and/or equalizing functionality, for audibly presenting theviewing content 200. - The
portable media device 100 preferably has a plurality ofaudio ports 134 to permit the selectedviewing content 200 to be audibly presented to more than one user. Multiple users thereby can simultaneously enjoy the audio portion of the selectedviewing content 200 on individual sets of headphones. Further, each user can view the video portion of the selectedviewing content 200 by sharing thedisplay system 122. Theaudio ports 134 can be provided in any conventional manner, such as via one or more audio jacks for coupling external devices with theportable media device 100 in a wired manner. At least one of theaudio ports 134 preferably is provided as a wireless communication port that is configured to support, for example, wireless audio peripheral presentation device, such as Bluetooth-capable wireless headphones in accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Standard 802.15.1. - The
audio system 130 likewise can process the audio portion of the selectedviewing content 200 in any conventional manner. Illustrative processes by which theaudio system 130 can process the selectedviewing content 200 to enhance the sound quality can include three-dimensional audio processing to simulate surround sound. Thereby, the selectedviewing content 200 can be audibly presented in surround sound via an ordinary speaker system and/or a set of ordinary headphones. Theaudio system 130 likewise can provide noise cancellation processing of the audio portion to cancel any ambient noise from the audible presentation of theviewing content 200. The manner by which theaudio system 130 processes the audio portion of the selectedviewing content 200 preferably can be controlled by the user. - As shown in
FIG. 3A , theuser interface 110 can include aninput system 170 for permitting the user (or passenger) to communicate with theportable media device 100. For example, theinput system 170 can permit the user to enter one or more passenger instructions for controlling the operation of theportable media device 100. Illustrative instructions can include instructions for initiating communication with thecontent source 300, instructions for selectingviewing content 200 for presentation, and/or instructions for controlling the presentation of the selectedviewing content 200. Theinput system 170 can convert each user entry into one or more communication signals, such as thecontent selection signal 250 and/or thepresentation control signal 270, as illustrated inFIG. 3A . If a fee is required for accessing theviewing content 200, payment information likewise can be entered via theinput system 170. - The
input system 170 can be provided in any conventional manner and typically includes one or more switches (or pushbuttons)172, such as a keyboard or a keypad, and/or apointing device 174, such as a mouse, trackball, or stylus. As desired, theinput system 170 can be at least partially integrated with, and/or separable from, theportable media device 100. Theinput system 170 likewise can include one or more input ports (not shown) for coupling a peripheral input device (not shown), such as a full-size computer keyboard, an external mouse, and/or a game pad, with theportable media device 100. As desired, theinput system 170 can be at least partially combined with thevideo system 120 and/or theaudio system 130. - For example, the
switches 172 of theinput system 170 and thedisplay system 122 of thevideo system 120 can be at least partially combined in the form of a touch screen display system. Similarly, thedisplay system 122 can be configured to provide visual feedback with reference to user instructions (or commands) entered via theinput system 170. If selected audio properties, such as a volume level, a tone level, and/or a balance, of theaudio system 130 can be controlled via theinput system 170, for example, thedisplay system 122 can visually present the current audio properties of theaudio system 130. Conventional manners of presenting the audio properties of theaudio system 130 include providing a separate “audio properties” window (or screen) and/or providing a series of bars in which the number of bars are presented in proportion with the current audio properties. Thedisplay system 122 can provide visual feedback for other types of user instructions (or commands), including user instructions for selected video properties, such as a brightness level and/or a contrast level, of thedisplay system 122 and/or user instructions for controlling the transmission of the selectedviewing content 200 from thecontent source 300. - Turning to
FIG. 3B , theportable media device 100 is shown as including amemory system 144 for providing at least temporary storage of theviewing content 200 as storedcontent 240. The selectedviewing content 200 from thecontent source 300 thereby can advantageously be buffered when theviewing content 200 is streamed to theportable media device 100 and/or can be stored as the storedcontent 240 for subsequent presentation, as discussed above, regardless of whether communication with thecontent source 300 is maintained. To help ensure the security of theviewing content 200, theviewing content 200 preferably is stored on thememory system 144 in an encrypted format in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference toFIGS. 2A-B . Thereby, even if theportable media device 100 and/or thememory system 144 is lost or stolen, theviewing content 200 will not be readily usable. - Being coupled with the
processing system 130, thememory system 144 preferably includes at least oneintegrated memory device 146 for storing and providing other conventional types of information, including instruction code, such as software or firmware, intermediate calculation results, and other information associated with theprocessing system 120. For example, if theviewing content 200 includes application software, such as a game, the application software can be stored in thememory device 146 and provided to theprocessing system 120 for execution. Preferably comprising a non-volatile memory system, thememory system 144 can comprise any conventional type of memory system, such as any suitable electronic, magnetic, and/or optical storage media, without limitation. Exemplary storage media can include one or more static random access memories (SRAMs), dynamic random access memories (DRAMs), electrically-erasable programmable read-only memories (EEPROMs), FLASH memories, hard drives (HDDs), compact disks (CDs), and/or digital video disks (DVDs) of any kind. Since theportable media device 100 preferably is provided as a portable, handheld media presentation system, thememory system 144 preferably comprises electronic memory media to help ensure that the physical dimensions and weight of the handheld system remain manageable. Theportable media device 100 preferably is configured to permitviewing content 200 to be added to, modified, and/or deleted from thememory system 144 as desired. - As desired, the
portable media device 100 can include one ormore memory ports 148, such as a Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA) port, a secure digital data (SD) port, a secure multi media card (MMC) port and/or a CompactFlash (CF) port, for receiving a conventionalremovable memory system 144, such as a removable hard drive (HDD) system. Theremovable memory system 144 preferably comprises a personal memory device (PMD) for providing secure storage of the user's personal data and/or other predetermined information, including preselected viewing content. Exemplary personal memory devices can include a memory stick, a secure digital data (SD) device, a secure multi media card (MMC) device and/or a CompactFlash (CF) device. - Upon receiving the personal memory device (PMD), the
portable media device 100 can readily access the personal data and/or other predetermined information. Theportable media device 100 likewise can selectviewing content 200 from among the preselected viewing content stored on the personal memory device (PMD) and can present the selectedviewing content 200 in the manner discussed above. Advantageously, the personal memory device (PMD) can be removed from thememory port 148 after use of theportable media device 100 is complete. Media security can be further enhanced by enabling the use of existing, proven, and Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) approved media distribution processes, including uploading processes and/or downloading processes, in combination with secure key methodologies. - The functionality of the
portable media device 100 likewise can be enhanced by providing theportable media device 100 with one or moreperipheral systems 180. As shown inFIG. 3B , theperipheral system 180 can include at least one conventionalperipheral port 182 for removably coupling peripheral devices (not shown) with theportable media device 100. Illustrative conventionalperipheral ports 182 can include Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA) ports, secure digital (SD) ports, and/or CompactFlash (CF) ports, for receiving the peripheral devices; whereas, a credit card reader system, a radio frequency identification (RFID) system, and/or a conventional camera system, including a moving picture camera system and/or a still picture camera system, are examples of conventional peripheral devices. Preselectedperipheral devices 184, such as the credit card reader system and/or the camera system, likewise can be incorporated into theportable media device 100, as desired. If theperipheral system 180 comprises at output (or presentation) peripheral system, theportable media device 100 can provide theviewing content 200 or other relevant information to theperipheral system 180 for presentation in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the peripheral video presentation systems and/or the peripheral audio presentation systems. Similarly, theportable media device 100 can receiveviewing content 200 or other relevant information from inputperipheral systems 180, such as the peripheral video input devices and/or the peripheral audio input devices discussed above. - The
portable media device 100 ofFIG. 3B is shown as being configured to support two-way communications with the content source (shown inFIGS. 2A-B ). Theportable media device 100 thereby can transmit (or upload) uploadcontent 260 as illustrated inFIG. 3B . Being provided in the manner discussed above with referenceFIG. 2B , the uploadcontent 260 can compriseviewing content 200, including selectedviewing content 200 previously received from thecontent source 300, selected storedcontent 240 stored in thememory system 144, and/or selected new content, such as new content provided by theportable media device 100 and/or an associatedperipheral system 180. The uploadcontent 260 likewise can include one or more communication signals provided by theportable media device 100 and/or an associatedperipheral system 180. Exemplary communication signals can include system communication signals (not shown), such as a system status signal, for theportable media device 100 and/or the associatedperipheral system 180, and/or user communication signals, such as thecontent selection signal 250, as initiated by the user via theinput system 170. - The
transceiver system 164 can receive the uploadcontent 260, such as the selectedviewing content 200, the selected storedcontent 240, and/or thecontent selection signal 250 as shown inFIG. 3B , via thecontrol system 140. In the manner discussed in more detail with reference toFIG. 3A , thetransceiver system 164 can process the uploadcontent 260 and can provide the processed uploadcontent 260 to thecommunication port 162 for transmission. When theportable media device 100 and thecontent source 300 are in communication, thetransceiver system 164 can transmit (or upload) the uploadcontent 260 to thecontent source 300. The portable media device thereby can provide enhanced functionality, such as support for viewing content uploads and other passenger transactions, during travel. - One embodiment of the
portable media device 100 is illustrated inFIGS. 4A-B . Being shown as a light-weight and thin entertainment portal theportable media device 100 includes acommunication interface 160 and anergonomic user interface 110 each being provided in the matter set forth in more detail above with reference toFIGS. 2A-B and3A-B. Turning toFIGS. 4A-B , theuser interface 110 permits a user (or passenger) (not shown) to intuitively interact with theportable media device 100 and, therefore, at least one content source300 (shown inFIGS. 2A-B ) and includes avideo system 120, anaudio system 130, and aninput system 170 as discussed above. Being configured for selecting viewing content200 (shown inFIG. 1 ) for presentation, for controlling the transmission of the selectedviewing content 200, and/or for controlling the manner in which the selectedviewing content 200 is presented, theinput system 170 is illustrated as having a plurality of switches (or pushbuttons)172 and apointing device 174. - The switches (or pushbuttons)172 are shown as including a
main power switch 172A and at least onevolume control switch 172B. For stored (or time-delayed)viewing content 200, a plurality of playback control switches172C can be provided to intuitively control the presentation of the time-delayedviewing content 200. The illustrated playback control switches172C can be used to provide rewind, play, stop (or pause), skip, and fast forward control functionality for theviewing content 200, as desired.Playback control switches 172D likewise are provided to control the presentation of live (or real-time)viewing content 200. If the real-time viewing content 200 comprises live satellite television programming and/or live satellite radio programming, for example, theplayback control switches 172D can be configured to select the appropriate television channel and/or radio station. Theswitches 172A-D likewise can be configured to provide other preselected functions, including, for example, enhanced content presentation control functions, such as mixing, equalization, and/or muting functions, and/or content management functions, such as content transferring, editing, and/or deleting functions. As desired, theinput system 410 can provide file and/or content editing functionality. The quantity, physical size, and arrangement of theswitches 172A-D preferably are provided in an intuitive manner to facilitate use of theportable media device 100. - As discussed in more detail above, the
pointing device 174 likewise can be provided in any conventional manner and preferably is provided in a manner that facilitates use of theportable media device 100. Being disposed on theportable media device 100, thepointing device 174 can be fixedly provided on theportable media device 100 as illustrated inFIG. 3A and/or can be removably coupled with theportable media device 100. Thepointing device 174 is shown as comprising a plurality of control switches, including at least onedirectional switch 174A and at least oneselection switch 174B. In the conventional manner, acursor 174C and at least oneselectable identifier 174D, such as a selectable icon, each can be presented via the video system134B, and thedirectional switch 174A can be configured to move thecursor 174C in a selected direction on thevideo display 122 and toward theselectable identifier 174D of interest. When thecursor 174C is adjacent to the relevantselectable identifier 174D, theselection switch 174B can be activated to initiate the functionality associated with the relevantselectable identifier 174D. Theuser interface 110 thereby can be provided as a graphical user interface (GUI). - Although shown and described as comprising substantially
separate switches 172 for purposes of illustration, the functions associated with theswitches 172A-D can be reallocated, such as via further combining and/or separating, as desired. For example, theportable media device 100 can be configured to power up upon activation of at least one of theswitches 172A-D and to automatically power down based upon any suitable predetermined criteria, such as a selected amount of time of non-use. Themain power switch 172A thereby can be omitted from theportable media device 100 ofFIG. 4A . The functions associated with thepointing device 174 likewise can be reallocated, such as via further combining and/or separating of the pointing device switches174A-B, as desired. Stated somewhat differently, the functions associated with theinput system 170 can be distributed among theswitches 172 and/or thepointing devices 174 in any suitable manner. - As desired, additional control switches (not shown), such as a keyboard and/or a game pad, can be provided for use with the
portable media device 100. The additional control switches can be disposed on theportable media device 100 in the manner set forth above with reference to theswitches 172A-D among the plurality of switches (or pushbuttons)172 and/or thedirectional switch 174A and theselection switch 174B of thepointing device 174. Similarly, the additional control switches can be configured to communicate with theportable media device 100 via one or more of the input ports and/or the peripheral ports182 (shown inFIG. 3B ) of theportable media device 100 in any conventional manner as discussed above. The additional control switches advantageously enable theportable media device 100 to be more flexibly configurable for use with a wide range ofviewing content 200. - As discussed above, the
portable media device 100 is shown inFIGS. 4A-B as including avideo system 120 and anaudio system 130. Thevideo system 120 has avideo display system 122, such as a high-resolution video display system, that is suitable for presenting the video portion of the selectedviewing content 200. For example, thedisplay system 122 can be a widescreen, active matrix liquid crystal display (LCD) system with at least video graphics array (VGA) resolution. The viewable area of thedisplay system 122 typically has a minimum width that is between approximately seven inches and nine inches. Preferably, thedisplay system 122 is a flat screen video display system to further enhance the presentation of the selectedviewing content 200. As desired, thedisplay system 122 can include a protective translucent cover (not shown). The protective translucent cover is configured to protect the viewing area of thedisplay system 122 from damage and can be customized, for example, by tinting the cover, in whole and/or in part. - Being suitable for presenting the audible portion of the selected
viewing content 200, theaudio system 130 of theportable media device 100 can audibly present the audio portion (or selectedaudio content 230 as shown inFIGS. 3A-B ) of the selectedviewing content 200 in any conventional manner. Theportable media device 100 can include one or more speaker systems132 (shown inFIGS. 3A-B ) and/or one or moreaudio ports 134 in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference toFIGS. 3A-B . As shown inFIG. 4B , theportable media device 100 preferably has a plurality ofaudio ports 134 to permit the selectedviewing content 200 to be audibly presented to more than one user. Multiple users thereby can simultaneously enjoy the audio portion of the selectedviewing content 200 on individual sets of headphones. Further, each user can view the video portion of the selected viewing content200 (or selectedvideo content 220 as shown inFIGS. 3A-B ) by sharing thedisplay system 122. Although shown inFIG. 4B as comprising audio jacks for coupling peripheral audio presentation devices with theportable media device 100 in a wired manner, theaudio ports 134 can comprise any conventional type of audio port as discussed above. At least one of theaudio ports 134 preferably is provided as a wireless audio port that is configured to support, for example, wireless peripheral audio presentation device, such as Bluetooth-capable wireless headphones in accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Standard 802.15.1. - To help ensure a compact profile, the
portable media device 100 preferably comprises a small number of components to present selectedviewing content 200 streamed from the content source300 (shown inFIGS. 2A-B ). For example, theportable media device 100 can include a digital signal processing system (not shown) for facilitating presentation of the streamedviewing content 200. The digital signal processing system can be provided via the control system140 (shown inFIG. 1 ) and/or the processing system120 (shown inFIGS. 2A-B ) and can include one or more microprocessors (μPs), central processing units (CPUs), digital signal processors (DSPs), and/or coder/decoders (CODECs). - The
portable media device 100 likewise can include amemory system 144. Being provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference toFIG. 3B , thememory system 144 preferably has a program memory system, such as a FLASH memory system, for storing resident software applications as well as other types of application software, such as games, and data. Thememory system 144 can include an optional hard drive (HDD) system. Theportable media device 100 thereby can provide enhanced programming flexibility and redundant programming, such as protection against failure. As desired,viewing content 200 can be stored on the hard drive (HDD) system as stored content240 (shown inFIG. 3B ) such that theportable media device 100 is less reliant on thecontent source 300 forviewing content 200. - The
portable media device 100 can be configured to operate from power provided via abattery system 190 and/or can include apower port 192 for coupling with, and receiving power from, an external power source (not shown). Although thebattery system 190 can be provided in any conventional manner, including one or more separate batteries and/or battery packs, thebattery system 190 can comprise a rechargeable battery system. Preferably having a short recharge time and a high charge cycle lifetime, thebattery system 190 preferably is capable of providing sufficient power to operate theportable media device 100 for a long period of time. An exemplaryrechargeable battery system 190 can include at least one lithium ion polymer battery that can provide a long, lasting charge of approximately eight hours or longer, that has a rapid recharge time of four hours or less, and that can be recharged over one thousand times. The life of thebattery system 190 is extended by controlling the manner by which thebattery system 190 is recharged and/or by providing theportable media device 100 with a small number of components as discussed above. - The
battery system 190, if rechargeable, can be recharged externally from theportable media device 100 and/or while installed via the external power source regardless of whether theportable media device 100 is being used. As desired, theportable media device 100 can include a plurality ofrechargeable battery systems 150, such that at least one of thebattery systems 150 can be externally recharged while theportable media device 100 is in use. The external power source can be provided in any conventional manner, such as a power adapter, and is configured to provide alternating current (AC) power and/or direct current (D/C) power that is compatible for use with theportable media device 100. When theportable media device 100 is operating from power provided by the external power source, therechargeable battery systems 150 likewise can provide backup power if the external power source fails. To determine whether thebattery system 190 requires recharging, theportable media device 100 can include a battery power meter (not shown). The battery power meter can be provided in any conventional manner such that the status of thebattery system 190 can be readily determined. For example, the battery power meter can be integrated with themain power switch 172A. - As illustrated in
FIGS. 4A-B , theportable media device 100 can include one or more other features for facilitating its use. For example, theportable media device 100 can be disposed in anattractive housing 102 with any suitable color and/or texture. A plurality offeet 104 can be provided on thehousing 102 of theportable media device 100. Being configured to help ensure the stability of theportable media device 100 when placed on a surface (not shown), thefeet 104 can be disposed on thehousing 102 in any suitable arrangement, number, and/or dimension. Thefeet 104 preferably are formed from a rubberized material and can grip the surface to enhance the stability theportable media device 100. To facilitate transport, theportable media device 100 can include a carryinghandle 106 and, when not in use, can be disposed in a protective carry pouch (not shown). A plurality ofopenings 108 likewise can be formed in thehousing 102 of theportable media device 100. Theopenings 108 can serve several purposes, including providing ventilation to help ensure a safe and reliable operating temperature and/or providing a convenient grip detail, for theportable media device 100. - Turning to
FIG. 4C , theportable media device 100 is shown as including aviewing support 195. Theviewing support 195 is configured to support theportable media device 100 such that theportable media device 100 can present the selectedviewing content 200 in a hands-free manner. Preferably being adjustable, theviewing support 195 can support theportable media device 100 at any preselected viewing angle to accommodate users of various sizes and diverse viewing environments. Theviewing support 195 is illustrated inFIG. 4C as including anextended member 196 that is adjustably coupled with thehousing 102 of theportable media device 100. For example, the proximal end region of theviewing support 195 can be rotatably coupled with thehousing 102 via ahinge assembly 197. The distal end region of theviewing support 195 can include one ormore feet 198 to help ensure the stability of theportable media device 100 when theviewing support 195 is deployed. Thefeet 198 can be provided in any suitable manner, including the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the feet104 (shown inFIGS. 4A-B ). - The
portable media device 100 likewise can include aprotective cover 199 as illustrated inFIG. 4D . Being configured to provide protection for theportable media device 100 when not in use, theprotective cover 199 can cover the user interface110 (shown inFIG. 4A ), in whole or in part. As shown inFIG. 4D , for example, theprotective cover 199 can be configured to removably cover the display system122 (shown inFIG. 4A ) of the input system170 (shown inFIG. 4A ) and the switches (or pushbuttons)172 (shown inFIG. 4A ) and the pointing device174 (shown inFIG. 4A ) of the input system170 (shown inFIG. 4A ). As shown inFIG. 4D , theprotective cover 199 and theviewing support 195 preferably incorporated. Theviewing support 195 thereby can support theportable media device 100 when deployed in the manner set forth above and can protect theportable media device 100 when theportable media device 100 is not in use. FIG. 5A illustrates an alternative embodiment of theportable media device 100 with anergonomic user interface 110 provided in the matter set forth in more detail above with reference toFIGS. 2A-B and3A-B. A user (or passenger) (not shown) thereby can intuitively interact with theportable media device 100 and, therefore, at least one content source300 (shown inFIGS. 2A-B ). As shown inFIG. 5A , theportable media device 100 can include avideo system 120, anaudio system 130, and aninput system 170 each being provided in the manner discussed in more detail above. Being configured for selecting viewing content200 (shown inFIG. 1 ) for presentation, for controlling the transmission of the selectedviewing content 200, and/or for controlling the manner in which the selectedviewing content 200 is presented, theinput system 170 is illustrated as having a plurality of switches (or pushbuttons)172 and apointing device 174.- The
user interface 110 preferably is provided as a graphical user interface (GUI) as illustrated inFIG. 5A . As set forth above, thevideo system 120 can include avideo display system 122, such as a high-resolution video display system, that is suitable for presenting the video portion of the selectedviewing content 200. Thevideo display system 122 likewise can present an interactivehierarchical menu structure 174X for identifying and selecting viewing content200 (shown inFIG. 1 ) that is available for visual and/or audio presentation by theportable media device 100. Theviewing content 200 can includeviewing content 200 previously received from thecontent source 300, stored content240 (shown inFIG. 3B ) stored in the memory system144 (shown inFIG. 3B ), and/or selected new content, such as new content provided by theportable media device 100 and/or an associated peripheral system180 (shown inFIG. 3B ). Theuser interface 110 thereby can facilitate the selection ofviewing content 200 to be presented via theportable media device 100. - As illustrated in
FIG. 5A ,viewing content 200 can be selected for presentation by making anappropriate menu selection 174Y via the switches (or pushbuttons)172 and/or thepointing device 174. Being provided in the intuitive manner discussed above with reference toFIGS. 4A-D , theswitches 172 and/or thepointing device 174 preferably are provided in an appropriate quantity, physical size, and arrangement to facilitate use of theportable media device 100. As shown inFIG. 5A , theswitches 172 can include the switches (or pushbuttons)172X,172Y for making theappropriate menu selection 174Y for identifying the selected viewing content. Thepointing device 174 likewise can be employed to identify the selected viewing content. Theaudio system 130 is illustrated as including aspeaker system 132 and switches (or pushbuttons)172Y,172Z for providing volume control. - In the manner discussed above with reference to
FIGS. 4A-B , the switches (or pushbuttons)172 can be provided to intuitively control the presentation of the selectedviewing content 200. One or more of the switches (or pushbuttons)172 can be used to provide rewind, play, stop (or pause), and fast forward control functionality for the selectedviewing content 200, as desired. If theviewing content 200 comprises satellite television programming and/or satellite radio programming, for example, theswitches 172 can be configured to select the appropriate television channel and/or radio station. Although shown and described as comprising substantiallyseparate switches 172 for purposes of illustration, the functions associated with theswitches 172X-Z can be reallocated, such as via further combining and/or separating, as desired. In other words, the functions associated with theinput system 170 can be distributed among theswitches 172 and/or thepointing devices 174 in any suitable manner. - Turning to
FIGS. 5B-C , theportable media device 100 is shown as including aviewing support 195. Theviewing support 195 is configured to support theportable media device 100 such that theportable media device 100 can present the selectedviewing content 200 in a hands-free manner in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference toFIG. 4C . Preferably being adjustable, theviewing support 195 can support theportable media device 100 at any preselected viewing angle to accommodate users of various sizes and diverse viewing environments. Theviewing support 195 is illustrated inFIG. 5C as including anextended member 196 that is adjustably coupled with thehousing 102 of theportable media device 100. For example, the proximal end region of theviewing support 195 can be rotatably coupled with thehousing 102 via at least onehinge assembly 197. The distal end region of theviewing support 195 can include one or more feet (not shown) to help ensure the stability of theportable media device 100 when theviewing support 195 is deployed. The feet can be provided in any suitable manner, including the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the feet198 (shown inFIG. 4C ). - Turning to
FIG. 6A , aportable media device 100 can be configured to present selectedviewing content 200 provided by a plurality ofcontent sources 300. The content sources300A-N are shown as providingviewing content 200A-N, respectively, and can be proximate to and/or remote from, theportable media device 100. In the manner set forth in more detail above with reference toFIGS. 2A-B , theportable media device 100 can select the desiredviewing content 200 from among theviewing content 200A-N for presentation and can present the selectedviewing content 200. As desired, theportable media device 100 likewise can transmit upload content260 (shown inFIG. 3B ), such asviewing content 200 and/or system communication signals (not shown), to one or more of thecontent sources 300A-N as set forth above with reference toFIG. 3B . Theportable media device 100 can communicate with any suitable number ofcontent sources 300 and thereby can offer enhanced functionality by providingviewing content 200 from the plurality ofcontent sources 300. - Analogously, a plurality of
portable media device 100 each can be configured to presentviewing content 200 provided by a selectedcontent source 300. As shown inFIG. 6B , the selected content source300I can provide viewing content200IA to theportable media device 100A; whereas, theportable media devices 100B-M can receive respectively receive the viewing content200IB-M. Being proximate to and/or remote from, the selected content source300I, each of theportable media devices 100A-M can respectively select the desired viewing content200IA-M from the selected content source300I for presentation and can present the selected viewing content200IA-M. One or more of theportable media devices 100A-M can transmit upload content260 (shown inFIG. 3B ), such asviewing content 200 and/or system communication signals (not shown), to the selected content source300I as set forth above with reference toFIG. 3B . - The viewing content200IA-M can be substantially uniform, and/or different, among the
portable media devices 100A-M. For example, the viewing content200IA available to theportable media device 100A can be based upon one or more appropriate predetermined criteria, such as a service subscription level. Based upon the service subscription level, one portion of the viewing content200IA, such asstandard viewing content 200, may be free of charge (or included with the service subscription level); whereas, other portions of the viewing content200IA, such aspremium viewing content 200, may be available only for an additional fee. If access to thepremium viewing content 200 is desired, transaction information, including payment information, such as a credit card number, and/or authorization information, such as a personal identification number (PIN) or a password, can be provided by theportable media device 100. Preferably, theportable media device 100 includes a peripheral system180 (shown inFIG. 3B ), such as a credit card reader system, to facilitate the transaction and/or the payment in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference toFIG. 3B . - Further details and features relating to the structure, operation, and functionality of the
portable media device 100 are disclosed in the co-pending U.S. patent application, entitled “IN-FLIGHT ENTERTAINMENT PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT,” Ser. No. 09/952,629, filed on Sep. 11, 2001, which is assigned to the assignee of the present application and the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. - The
portable media device 100 and thecontent source 300 can be configured to communication in any conventional manner, including directly and/or indirectly via one or more wired and/or wireless communication networks (or systems). Turning toFIG. 7 , for example, a plurality ofportable media devices 100 are shown as communicating with a plurality ofcontent sources 300 via acontent distribution system 400. Thecontent distribution system 400 includes a plurality ofconventional access points 410 for providing wired and/or wireless access to thecontent distribution system 400 and/or the content sources300. As shown inFIG. 7 , thecontent sources 300A-N can access thecontent distribution system 400 viaaccess points 410A-N; whereas, access points410A1-M,410B1-P are configured to provide the portable media devices100A1-N,100B1-P with access to thecontent distribution system 400. Thecontent distribution system 400 thereby can receiveviewing content 200 from a preselectedcontent source 300 and can provide theviewing content 200, in whole and/or in part, to one or more predeterminedportable media devices 100, as desired. Thecontent distribution system 400 likewise can be configured to receive uploadcontent 260, such asviewing content 200 and/or system communication signals (not shown), provided by a preselectedportable media devices 100 in the manner set forth with reference toFIG. 3B and to provide the uploadcontent 260, in whole and/or in part, to one or morepredetermined content sources 300. - One or more of the
content sources 300A-N can respectively transmitviewing content 200A-N to one or more of the portable media devices100A1-M,100B1-M as viewing content200A1-M,200B1-M, respectively, via thecontent distribution system 400. For example,viewing content 200A from thecontent source 300A can be provided to thecontent distribution system 400 and respectively distributed among the portable media devices100A1-M as the viewing content200A1-M in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference toFIG. 6B . The viewing content200A1-M each can comprise theviewing content 200A, in whole and/or in part, and can be substantially uniform, and/or different, among the portable media devices100A1-M. Each of the portable media devices100A1-M can select the desiredviewing content 200 from among the relevant viewing content200A1-M, respectively, in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference toFIGS. 2A-B . Upon selecting the viewing content200A1-M, the portable media devices100A1-M can present the selected viewing content200A1-M as desired. - Similarly, one or more of the portable media devices100A1-M,100B1-M can transmit upload content260A1-M,260B1-M to one or more of the
content sources 300A-N as uploadcontent 260A-N, respectively, via thecontent distribution system 400. The upload content260A2,260B1, and260BM, for example, can be provided by the portable media devices100A2,100B1, and100BM to thecontent distribution system 400 for distribution between thecontent sources 300B,300C as the uploadcontent FIG. 6A . As discussed above, the uploadcontent content sources 300B,300C. Each of the portable media devices100A1-M,100B1-M therefore can communicate with each of thecontent sources 300A-N, as desired, via thecontent distribution system 400. - The
content distribution system 400 can be provided as a conventional wired and/or wireless communication network, including a telephone network, a local area network (LAN), a wide area network (WAN), a campus area network (CAN), personal area network (PAN) and/or a wireless local area network (WLAN), of any kind. Exemplary wireless local area networks include wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks in accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Standard 802.11, Bluetooth networks in accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Standard 802.15.1, and/or wireless metropolitan-area networks (MANs), which also are known as WiMax Wireless Broadband, in accordance with IEEE Standard 802.16. - Preferably being configured to support high-speed data communications among the portable media devices100A1-M,100B1-M and the
content sources 300A-N, thecontent distribution system 400 preferably comprises a high-speed Ethernet network, such as any type of Fast Ethernet (such as 100 Base-X and/or 100 Base-T) communication network and/or Gigabit (such as 1000 Base-X and/or 1000 Base-T) Ethernet communication network, with a typical data transfer rate of at least approximately one hundred megabits per second (100 Mbps). To achieve high data transfer rates in a wireless communications environment, free-space optics (or laser) technology, millimeter wave (or microwave) technology, and/or Ultra-Wideband (UWB) technology can be utilized to communicate with selectedportable media devices 100 and/or selectedcontent sources 300, as desired. - The
content distribution system 400 likewise can be provided with any appropriate topology, protocol, and/or architecture. Comprising a geometric arrangement ofportable media devices 100 and thecontent sources 300, common network topologies include mesh, star, bus, and ring network topologies. The topology of thecontent distribution system 400 likewise can comprise a hybrid of the common network topologies, such as a network tree topology. Network protocols define a common set of rules and signals by which theportable media devices 100 and thecontent sources 300 can communicate via thecontent distribution system 400. Illustrative types of network protocols include Ethernet and Token-Ring network protocols; whereas, peer-to-peer and client/server network architectures are examples of typical network architectures. It will be appreciated that the network system types, topologies, protocols, and architectures identified above are merely exemplary and not exhaustive. - As shown in
FIG. 7 , theportable media devices 100 can be separated into two ormore device groups 105 based upon any appropriate predetermined criteria. Theportable media devices 100 ofFIG. 7 are shown as being separated into two device groups105:first device group 105A; andsecond device group 105B. If theportable media devices 100 are associated with a vehicle500 (shown inFIGS. 8A-B ), for example, theportable media devices 100 in thefirst device group 105A can be associated with a first class section of thevehicle 500; whereas, theportable media devices 100 in thesecond device group 105B can be associated with a coach class section of thevehicle 500. Similarly, thedevice groups vehicle 500. The functionality of theportable media devices 100 in thefirst device group 105A can differ from the functionality of theportable media devices 100 in thesecond device group 105B. For example, theportable media devices 100 in thefirst device group 105A may be permitted to access premium content that is not available to theportable media devices 100 in thesecond device group 105B. Theportable media devices 100 in thesecond device group 105B likewise might be required to make payment of a fee prior to permitting access to thecontent source 200; whereas, theportable media devices 100 in thefirst device group 105A may not require payment of the fee to access thecontent source 200. - The
portable media devices 100 preferably are configured to communicate. For example, theportable media devices 100 can communicate via thecontent distribution system 400 such thatviewing content 200 can be exchanged among two or moreportable media devices 100 during travel. Theportable media devices 100 can be configured to communicate with otherportable media devices 100 within thesame device group 105, and/orportable media devices 100 indifferent device groups 105 can communicate. Thereby, the upload content260B2 transmitted by the portable media device100B2 thereby can be provided as the viewing content200A1 provided to the portable media device100A1 and/or as the viewing content200BP provided to the portable media device100BP. - As desired, the
portable media devices 100 can be initialized in any conventional manner. For example, theportable media devices 100 can be initialized by precharging the battery system190 (shown inFIG. 4B ) of eachportable media device 100 to a full charge. Theportable media devices 100 likewise can be initially provided withuniform viewing content 200. Theuniform viewing content 200 can be provided to theportable media devices 100 in any conventional manner and preferably is stored by the memory systems144 (shown inFIG. 3B ) as stored content240 (shown inFIG. 3B ) in the manner discussed above with reference toFIG. 3B . Each of theportable media devices 100 can receive the sameuniform viewing content 200 and/or theuniform viewing content 200 can vary among the device groups105. Theportable media devices 100 within eachdevice group 105 thereby can receiveuniform viewing content 200 associated with therelevant device group 105. - Turning to
FIGS. 8A-B , theportable media device 100 and thecontent source 300 can be associated with avehicle 500 and can form avehicle information system 510. In the manner set forth in more detail in the co-pending U.S. patent applications, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONTENT ON MOBILE PLATFORMS,” Ser. No. 11/123,327, filed on May 6, 2005, and “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PRESENTING HIGH-QUALITY VIDEO TO PASSENGERS ON A MOBILE PLATFORM,” Ser. No. 60/673,171, filed on Apr. 19, 2005, the respective disclosures of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entireties, thevehicle information system 510 can comprise a conventional information system and can be configured to be installed in any suitable type ofvehicle 500. Exemplary types of vehicles can include anautomobile 500A (shown inFIG. 8A ), anaircraft 500B (shown inFIG. 8B ), a bus, a recreational vehicle, and/or a boat, without limitation. If installed on anaircraft 500B as illustrated inFIG. 8B , for example, thevehicle information system 510 can comprise a conventional aircraft passenger in-flight entertainment system, such as the Series 2000, 3000, eFX, and/or eX2 in-flight entertainment system as manufactured by Panasonic Avionics Corporation (formerly known as Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation) of Lake Forest, Calif. - The
vehicle information system 510 ofFIG. 8A is illustrated as being installed in anautomobile 500A and as including a conventionalmedia server system 520. In the manner set forth in more detail above with reference toFIG. 7 , themedia server system 520 is configured to communicate with one or moreportable media devices 100 via adistribution system 400. Themedia server system 520 thereby can provideviewing content 200 to one or more of theportable media devices 100 as previously discussed with reference to thecontent source 300. Stated somewhat differently, themedia server system 520 of thevehicle information system 510 can function as acontent source 300. As desired, themedia server system 520 likewise can receive uploadcontent 260 from one or more of theportable media devices 100 as discussed above. By using theportable media devices 100, passengers traveling aboard theautomobile 500A therefore can enjoy theviewing content 200 during travel. - As shown in
FIG. 8A , theportable media devices 100 can be associated withpassenger seats 600 in theautomobile 500A. For example, adriver seat 600A is provided with a selectedportable media device 100 that is associated with afirst device group 105A; whereas, the remainingpassenger seats 600B are provided with selectedportable media devices 100 that are associated with asecond device group 105B. In the manner discussed with regard toFIG. 7 , the functionality and/or viewing content associated with theportable media device 100 in thefirst device group 105A can be substantially the same as, and/or differ from, the functionality and/or viewing content associated with theportable media devices 100 in thesecond device group 105B. Since the driver needs to pay attention to the road, for instance, theportable media device 100 in thefirst device group 105A likely does not include a video system120 (shown inFIG. 3A-B ); whereas, theportable media devices 100 in thesecond device group 105B can includevideo systems 120. Similarly, the input system170 (shown inFIGS. 3A-B ) for theportable media device 100 in thefirst device group 105A can be configured to mute the audio systems130 (shown inFIGS. 3A-B ) for each of theportable media devices 100 in theautomobile 500A. Advantageously, theportable media devices 100 can present the selectedviewing content 200 and/or to provide the uploadcontent 260 without any additional equipment being installed at the passenger seats600. FIG. 8B illustrates thevehicle information system 510 as being installed in anaircraft 500B. As shown inFIG. 8B , thevehicle information system 510 includes amedia server system 520 and a plurality ofportable media devices 100 each being provided in the manner set forth in more detail above. Being disposed within theaircraft 500B, themedia server system 520 is configured to function as acontent source 300, such ascontent source 300A, and can communicate with one or more of theportable media devices 100 via adistribution system 400 as discussed above. In the manner set forth with reference to the media server520 (shown inFIG. 8A ), themedia server system 520 ofFIG. 8B can provideviewing content 200A to one or more of theportable media devices 100 as previously discussed with reference to thecontent source 300 and can receive uploadcontent 260A from one or more of theportable media devices 100. Passengers traveling aboard theaircraft 500B thereby can enjoy theviewing content 200A provided by themedia server system 520 during travel.- The
vehicle information system 510 likewise can be configured to communicate with one ormore content sources 300, such as aterrestrial content source 300B, that are external to, and/or remote from, theaircraft 500B. Thevehicle information system 510 and theterrestrial content source 300B can communicate in any conventional wireless manner, including directly and/or indirectly via anintermediate communication system 560, such as asatellite communication system 560′. As desired, theterrestrial content source 300B can be configured to communicate with, and exchange withviewing content 200 and/or uploadcontent 260 with, other terrestrial content sources (not shown). Theterrestrial content source 300B is shown inFIG. 8B as providing access to theInternet 565. Although shown and described as comprising thesatellite communication system 560′ for purposes of illustration, it is understood that thecommunication system 560 can comprise any conventional type of wireless communication system, such as a cellular communication system (not shown) and/or an Aircraft Ground Information System (AGIS) communication system (not shown). - As shown in
FIG. 8B , thevehicle information system 510 can include aconventional antenna system 530 andtransceiver system 540 for communicating with theterrestrial content source 300B. In the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to the communication interface160 (shown inFIGS. 3A-B ), theantenna system 530 can receiveviewing content 200B from theterrestrial content source 300B and provide the receivedviewing content 200B, as processed by thetransceiver system 540, to acomputer system 550 of thevehicle information system 510. Being in communication with thecontent distribution system 400, thecomputer system 550 can provide the receivedviewing content 200B to themedia server system 520 and/or to one or more of theportable media devices 100, as desired. Although shown and described as being separate systems for purposes of illustration, thecomputer system 550 and themedia server system 520 can be at least partially integrated. - The
vehicle information system 510 is shown inFIG. 8B as being configured to transmit uploadcontent 260B to theterrestrial content source 300B. In the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the communication interface160 (shown inFIG. 3B ), one or more of theportable media devices 100 and/or themedia server system 520 can provide uploadcontent 260B to thecomputer system 550 and provide the uploadcontent 260B, as processed by thetransceiver system 540, to theantenna system 530. Theantenna system 530 is illustrated as transmitting the uploadcontent 260B to thesatellite communication system 560′, which relays the uploadcontent 260B to theterrestrial content source 300B as discussed above. Theportable media devices 100 thereby can modify, append, and/or delete content from theterrestrial content source 300B, as desired. - In the manner set forth above with reference to the portable media devices100 (shown in
FIG. 8A ), theportable media devices 100 can be associated withpassenger seats 600 in theaircraft 500B.Passenger seats 600A are shown as comprising seats reserved for the flight crew; whereas, passenger seats600B,600C comprise seats for other passengers, such as travelers. As shown inFIG. 8B , theportable media devices 100 can be separated into threedevice groups passenger seats 600A reserved for the flight crew can be provided with at least one selectedportable media device 100 that is associated with afirst device group 105A. The remaining passenger seats600B,600C are separated into firstclass passenger seats 600B and coach class passenger seats600C. The selectedportable media devices 100 that are associated with the first class passenger seats600B are associated with thesecond device group 105B; whereas, the selectedportable media devices 100 that are associated with the coach class passenger seats600C are associated with thethird device group 105C in the manner set forth above. - The functionality and/or the
viewing content 200 associated with theportable media devices 100 can be substantially uniform, and/or differ, among thedevice groups FIG. 8A , the input system170 (shown inFIGS. 3A-B ) for theportable media devices 100 in the first device group510A can be configured to mute the audio systems130 (shown inFIGS. 3A-B ) for each of theportable media devices 100 in theaircraft 500B. The functionality and/or theviewing content 200 associated with theportable media devices 100 in thesecond device group 105B likewise can be substantially uniform with, and/or differ from, the functionality and/or viewing content associated with theportable media devices 100 in thethird device group 105C. In the manner discussed above, theportable media devices 100 in thesecond device group 105B can, for example, access premium content that is not available to theportable media devices 100 in thethird device group 105C. Theportable media devices 100 in thethird device group 105C likewise can require a fee to be paid prior to permitting access to some, or substantially all, of theviewing content 200 available on one or morepredetermined content sources 300; whereas, theportable media devices 100 in thesecond device group 105B may be able to access substantially all of theavailable viewing content 200 available on thecontent sources 300 without requiring payment of the fee. - As desired, the
portable media devices 100 in one or moreselected device groups present viewing content 200 associated with geography, such as a destination of thevehicle 500 and/or other points of interest, that may, or may not, be related to the travel route of thevehicle 500. For example, passengers can select andview viewing content 200 relating to hotel accommodations and/or a map of the destination city. If the destination is an airport terminal, information, such as arrival and departure times and gate information, for other flights may be provided to assist the passenger with making his connecting flight or with meeting others who are arriving at the airport terminal on different flights. FIGS. 9A-B provide a view of apassenger cabin 570 of avehicle 500, such as theautomobile 500A (shown inFIG. 8A ) and/or theaircraft 500B (shown inFIG. 8B ). Thepassenger cabin 570 is illustrated as including a plurality ofpassenger seats 600 and at least oneaccess point 410 for access to one or more content sources300 (shown inFIGS. 8A-B ) via thecontent distribution system 400. Thereby, theportable media devices 100 ofFIGS. 9A-B can present selectedviewing content 200 from, and/or transmit uploadcontent 260 to, thecontent sources 300 in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference toFIG. 7 . Theportable media devices 100 can function to supplement avideo presentation system 572, such as an overheadcabin video system 572A and/orseatback viewing systems 572B, and anaudio presentation system 574, such as anoverhead speaker system 574A, of thevehicle information system 510 as shown inFIG. 9A and/or can be configured to replace thevideo presentation system 572 and/or anaudio presentation system 574 as illustrated inFIG. 9B .- Being provided in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to
FIGS. 3A-B ,4A-D, and5A-C, theportable media devices 100 are illustrated as including avideo system 120, anaudio system 130, and aninput system 170. Each of theportable media devices 100 likewise includes acommunication interface 160 for facilitating communication with at least one of thecontent sources 300 via arelevant access point 410. The access points410 of thecontent distribution system 400 can be distributed throughout thepassenger cabin 570 in any suitable manner such that eachpassenger seat 600 is within a coverage area of at least oneaccess point 410. Theentire passenger cabin 570 preferably is within a coverage area of one or more access points410. Thereby, if theaccess points 410 comprise wireless access points, theportable media devices 100 can maintain communication with thecontent sources 300 when theportable media devices 100 are carried about thepassenger cabin 570. Stated somewhat differently, thepassenger cable 570 can comprise a wireless hot spot, such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) hot spot and/or a Bluetooth hot spot. - Turning to
FIG. 9A , for example, eachpassenger seat 600 is shown as including anindividual access point 410. In particular,passenger seat 600W is associated withaccess point 410W; whereas,passenger seat 600X therefore is associated withaccess point 410X. The access points410W,410X is illustrated as being provided on arm rests610 of therespective passenger seats access point 410W is a wireless access point that is configured to communicate with aportable media device 100, such asportable media device 100W, that includes awireless communication interface 160. Theportable media device 100X is shown as having awireless communication interface 160 that is coupled with, and configured to communicate with, thewired access point 410X via acommunication cable 580. Although shown and described as being uniformly provided on the arm rests610 of the passenger seats600W,600X for purposes of illustration, theaccess points 410 can be associated with the passenger seats600 in any conventional manner, including in a manner that is uniform and/or different among the passenger seats600. - Access points410Y,410Z of
FIG. 9B each have coverage areas that include a plurality ofpassenger seats 600, includingpassenger seats passenger cabin 570 and/or the passenger seats600 can be divided into a plurality of seat zones (not shown) based upon any suitable predetermined criteria. If the seat zones are related to seat class, for example, the passenger seats600, such aspassenger seat 600Y, in afirst seat group 605Y can be associated with a first class seat zone (or section) of thevehicle 500; whereas, the passenger seats600, such aspassenger seat 600Z, in asecond seat group 605Z can be associated with a coach class seat zone (or section) of thevehicle 500. Therefore, thevehicle information system 510 can provide access to the content sources300 (shown inFIG. 7 ) via theaccess point 410Y to theportable media devices 100, such as portable media device100Y, that are used in the passenger seats600, such aspassenger seat 600Y, in thefirst seat group 605Y. Similarly, theportable media devices 100, such as portable media device100Z, that are used in the passenger seats600, such aspassenger seat 600Z, in thesecond seat group 605Z receive access via theaccess point 410Z. Theportable media devices 100 thereby can receiveviewing content 200 in accordance with the associated seat group605 in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to the device groups105 (shown inFIG. 7 ). - The passenger seats600 likewise can provide in-seat power for the
portable media devices 100. As shown inFIG. 9B , eachpassenger seat 500 can include apower port 595 for providing power, having a predetermined voltage level and/or a predetermined current level, that is suitable for theportable media device 100. Preferably being primarily powered by a battery system190 (shown inFIG. 4B ), theportable media devices 100 can receive in-seat power via apower cable 590 that couples thepower port 595 with apower port 192 of theportable media device 100. Although shown and described as being provided on thearm rest 610 of thepassenger seat 600Z for purposes of illustration, thepower port 595 can be associated with the passenger seats600 in any conventional manner, including in a manner that is uniform and/or different among the passenger seats600. - The
battery system 190 can be periodically replaced and/or recharged as necessary. For example, one or more selected cabin compartments (not shown) in thepassenger cabin 570 can be designated for use with theportable media device 100. The cabin compartment can include a battery charging system (not shown) for recharging thebattery system 190 of theportable media device 100 during periods of non-use. The battery charging system can be provided in any conventional manner, including the manner set forth above with reference to the battery charging system834 (shown inFIGS. 13A ,14, and15A-B). Thepassenger entertainment system 500 likewise can include two sets ofportable media devices 100. Thebattery systems 190 of one set ofportable media devices 100 can be recharged while the other set ofportable media devices 100 is in use. In the manner discussed in more detail above with reference toFIGS. 4C-D , theportable media device 100 likewise can include a protective cover199 (shown inFIG. 4D ) that can flip back and serve as a viewing support195 (shown inFIGS. 4C-D ). Theportable media device 100 thereby can function as a setback tray. - When no longer in use, the
portable media device 100 can be stored at thepassenger seat 600 and/or at anadjacent passenger seat 600. For example, theportable media device 100 can be placed in astorage pocket 620, such asstorage pocket 620Z, formed in thepassenger seat 600 as shown inFIG. 9B . Thestorage pocket 620 likewise can be provided on aseatback 630 and/or aheadrest 640 of theadjacent passenger seat 600. Thestorage pocket 620Y is illustrated as being formed on theseatback 630 of thepassenger seat 600Y. - As desired, the
portable media device 100 likewise can be disposed on a mounting surface, such as theseatback 630 and/or theheadrest 640, of theadjacent passenger seat 600 during use. When disposed on the mounting surface, theportable media device 100 preferably is supported by a mountingsystem 700,750 (shown inFIGS. 10A-J and11A-F). The mountingsystem housing 102 of theportable media device 100. The mountingsystem portable media device 100 and the mounting surface of thepassenger seat 600. Theportable media device 100 thereby can be advantageously configured for hands-free operation. FIG. 10A , for example, shows anexemplary mounting system 700 for mounting aportable media device 100 on a headrest640 (and/or a seatback630) of apassenger seat 600. The mountingsystem 700 ofFIG. 10A comprises afoam pad 700A with a firstpreformed channel 710A for receiving and engaging theheadrest 640 and a secondpreformed channel 720A for receiving and engaging theportable media device 100. The mountingsystem 700 likewise can be provided as afoam wedge 700A′ that can include aclip assembly 730A for engaging theheadrest 640 and an inclined surface720 for engaging theportable media device 100. Advantageously, thefoam pad 700A and thefoam wedge 700A′ can be sufficiently buoyant for use as a floatation device in case of a water landing.- Turning to
FIG. 10B , the mountingsystem 700 can be provided as ametal platform 700B. Themetal platform 700B includes amain body member 710B for supporting theportable media device 100. Themain body member 710B is coupled with aclip assembly 720B for engaging theheadrest 640 of thepassenger seat 600 and asupport member 730B upon which theportable media device 100 can rest. Themain body member 710B can support theportable media device 100 at an adjustable predetermined viewing angle relative to theseatback 630 of thepassenger seat 600. Theclip assembly 720B and thesupport member 730B are shown as being rotatably coupled with themain body member 710B such that themain body member 710B can be retracted when not in use. - The mounting
system 700C ofFIG. 10C has amain body member 710C that is coupled with aclip assembly 720C for engaging theheadrest 640 and a rotating support member (or panel)730C for receiving and engaging theportable media device 100. The rotating support member (or panel)730C can rotate relative to themain body member 710C such that theportable media device 100 can be supported at an adjustable predetermined viewing angle relative to theseatback 630.FIG. 10D illustrates a mountingsystem 700D with amain body member 710D that is coupled with aclip assembly 720D for engaging theheadrest 640. Themain body member 710D forms agroove 730D for receiving and adjustably engaging theportable media device 100. The mountingsystem 700D thereby can support theportable media device 100 at an adjustable predetermined viewing angle relative to theseatback 630 as discussed above. - Turning to
FIG. 10E , a mounting system700E is shown that includes a first mountingmember 710E for coupling with theseatback 630 and/or theheadrest 640 of thepassenger seat 600. A second mountingmember 720E is configured to cooperate with, and engage, the first mountingmember 710E and can couple with theportable media device 100. As shown inFIG. 10E , the second mountingmember 720E can couple with theportable media device 100 via anintermediate member 730E, such as a soft hook device. The mountingsystem 700F ofFIG. 10F has amain body member 710F that is pliable and can engage theseatback 630 and/or theheadrest 640 of thepassenger seat 600. Themain body member 710F can include a plurality ofmagnetic structures magnetic structures 720F′,730F′ can be disposed on thehousing 102 of theportable media device 100. Themagnetic structures portable media device 100; whereas, themagnetic structures portable media device 100 and theseatback 630. FIG. 10G shows a mountingsystem 700G with amain body member 710G that can engage theheadrest 640 of thepassenger seat 600. The mountingsystem 700G likewise can form agap 720G between themain body member 710G and theseatback 630 for receiving and adjustably engaging theportable media device 100 as illustrated inFIG. 10G . The mountingsystem 700G thereby can support theportable media device 100 at any adjustable predetermined viewing angle relative to theseatback 630 as discussed above. Turning toFIG. 10H , a mountingsystem 700H is shown that comprises amain body member 710G for engaging theheadrest 640. Themain body member 710G can form achannel 720H for receiving theportable media device 100. When theportable media device 100 is installed in thechannel 720H, theuser interface 110 of theportable media device 100 is accessible via an appropriately-sized opening formed in themain body member 710G. In the manner set forth above, themain body member 710G can be rotatable relative to theseatback 630 to provide any predetermined viewing angle.- Turning to
FIGS. 10I-J , the mountingsystems 700I,700J are shown as including respectivemain body members 710I,710J. Themain body members 710I,710J are pliable and can engage theseatback 630 and/or theheadrest 640 of thepassenger seat 600. The main body member710I is configured to support theportable media device 100 by wrapping itself around at least a portion of theportable media device 100; whereas, themain body member 710J is shown as being coupled with at least onesupport strap 720J for receiving and supporting theportable media device 100. As discussed above, the mountingsystems 700I,700J each can form a predetermined viewing angle formed between theportable media device 100 and theseatback 630 in any suitable manner. For example, the mountingsystem 700J is illustrated as including an inflatable member730J, such as a balloon, for adjusting the predetermined viewing angle. - Similarly, exemplary mounting
systems 750 for mounting aportable media device 100 on a seatback630 (and/or a headrest640) of apassenger seat 600 are illustrated inFIGS. 11A-F . The mountingsystem 750 ofFIG. 11A comprises amain body member 760A for receiving and engaging theseatback 630 and/or theheadrest 640 of thepassenger seat 600. Asupport member 770A is formed by themain body member 760A and can engage and support theportable media device 100. Being formed from a pliable material, thesupport member 770A can bend relative to themain body member 760A to form an adjustable predetermined viewing angle formed between theportable media device 100 and theseatback 630. - Turning to
FIG. 11B , a mountingsystem 750B is shown that includes amain body member 760B that is adjustably coupled with a plurality of opposingsupport members 770B. Themain body member 760B can couple with theseatback 630 and/or theheadrest 640 of thepassenger seat 600. Thesupport members 770B are configured to cooperatively engage theportable media device 100. As shown inFIG. 11B , theportable media device 100 can be disposed between pairs of thesupport members 770B, which can adjustably couple with theportable media device 100 to provide the predetermined viewing angle formed between theportable media device 100 and theseatback 630. The mountingsystem 750C ofFIG. 11C has amain body member 760C for engaging theseatback 630 and/or theheadrest 640 of thepassenger seat 600. Themain body member 760C is coupled with asupport member 770C that can be received within, and engaged by, a cooperatingopening 780C formed in thehousing 102 of theportable media device 100. Theportable media device 100 thereby can be supported by the mountingsystem 750C. By adjustably coupling themain body member 760C and thesupport member 770C, the predetermined viewing angle formed between theportable media device 100 and theseatback 630 can be adjustable. FIG. 11D shows a mountingsystem 750D with anelongate body member 760D that can engage theseatback 630 and/or theheadrest 640 of thepassenger seat 600. An end region of theelongate body member 760D includes aconnector assembly 770D for coupling with a cooperating connector assembly780 provided on thehousing 102 of theportable media device 100. The mountingsystem 750D thereby can adjustably support theportable media device 100 in the manner set forth above. Turning toFIG. 11E , a mountingsystem 750E is shown that comprises amain body member 760E for engaging theseatback 630 and/or theheadrest 640. Themain body member 760E is coupled with aflexible body member 770E havingopposite end regions 780E′,780E″ and acentral region 790E for coupling with theportable media device 100. As shown inFIG. 11E , oneend region 780E′ of theflexible body member 770E is adjustably coupled with themain body member 760E; whereas, theother end region 780E″ is fixedly coupled with themain body member 760E. By adjusting a distance between theend regions 780E′,780E″ of theflexible body member 770E, the predetermined viewing angle formed between theportable media device 100 and theseatback 630 can be adjusted.- Although exemplary embodiments have been shown and described with reference to
FIGS. 10A-J and11A-E for purposes of illustration, theportable media device 100 can be disposed on theseatback 630 and/or theheadrest 640 of theadjacent passenger seat 600 in any conventional manner. As desired, the mountingsystem textual indicia 755, for providing advertising information. As shown inFIG. 11F , thetextual indicia 755 can promote and/or encourage use of theportable media device 100. Theindicia 755 can be provided on the mountingsystem - A
device management system 800 for managing, and/or providing logistics support for, one or more of theportable media devices 100 is illustrated inFIG. 12 . Thedevice management system 800 can manage theportable media devices 100 in any conventional manner and can be provided in any conventional manner, such as via one or more hardware components and/or software components. As discussed above with reference toFIG. 3B , theportable media device 100 can include one or more peripheral systems180 (shown inFIG. 3B ). Advantageously, theportable media device 100 can be provided with adevice identification system 810 for exchangingdevice identification data 820 with adevice management interface 830, which, in turn, can exchangemanagement data 840 with a devicemanagement database system 850, as shown inFIG. 12 . - Various device parameters, such as location, status, contents, performance data, and/or usage statistics, of the
portable media device 100 thereby can be monitored via thedevice management system 800. By monitoring the device parameters, the devicemanagement database system 850 can maintain a historical record for theportable media device 100 and can providemanagement data 840, such as one or more device configuration instructions, for configuring theportable media device 100 for future use. Stated somewhat differently, thedevice management system 800 can be configured to initialize theportable media device 100 for use in the manner discussed in more detail above. - The
device identification system 810 can be provided in any conventional manner and is illustrated inFIG. 12 as including anidentification communication port 812 for communicating with thedevice management interface 830, a compatibleidentification transceiver system 814 for receiving and/or transmitting theidentification data 820, and anidentification memory system 816 for storing theidentification data 820. In the manner discussed in more detail above regarding the communication port162 (shown inFIGS. 3A-B ), theidentification communication port 812 can comprise a wired communication port for supporting wired communications and/or a wireless communication port for supporting wireless communications over one or more communication frequencies. Theidentification transceiver system 814 can be provided in the manner set forth above with reference to the transceiver system164 (shown inFIGS. 3A-B ); whereas, theidentification memory system 816 can be provided in the manner discussed above with regard to the memory system144 (shown inFIG. 3B ). Thedevice identification system 810, in whole and/or in part, can be provided as aperipheral system 180 and/or can be at least partially incorporated into theportable media device 100. For example, theidentification memory system 816 can be separate from, or at least partially incorporated with, thememory system 144. - In a preferred embodiment, the
device management system 800 can be provided as a conventional radio frequency identification (RFID) system, wherein thedevice identification system 810 can comprise a RFID tag system, and thedevice management interface 830 can be provided as a RFID reader/computer system. If thedevice identification system 810 is provided as a passive RFID tag system, for example, theidentification transceiver system 814 can comprise a radio frequency ID transponder, which conforms to the principles of RFID technology, and theidentification communication port 812 can be provided as a tag antenna system. Theidentification communication port 812 can be coupled with theidentification transceiver system 814 and typically comprises a microchip antenna system using well-known coil-on-chip technology in the conventional manner as set forth in more detail in U.S. Pat. No. 6,892,052, issued to Kotola et al., the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. - The
identification memory system 816 can include an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM) system that can be configured to storedevice identification data 820 associated with theportable media device 100. Illustrativedevice identification data 820 can include a serial number of theportable media device 100, a serial number of the battery system190 (shown inFIG. 4B ), an identity of the owner of theportable media device 100, and/or information regarding the media content200 (shown inFIG. 7 ) stored by theportable media device 100. Thedevice identification system 810 thereby can receive adownload identification data 822, such as an interrogation signal, from thedevice management interface 830 and can separate the radio-frequency (RF) energy from the receiveddownload identification data 822. The energy captured by theidentification communication port 812 can be processed by theidentification transceiver system 814, which can respond by transmitting an uploadidentification data 824 to thedevice management interface 830 to initiate one or more device management system operations. - The
device identification data 820 can comprise a wide range of information about theportable media device 100 and/or one or more individual components of theportable media device 100, such as thebattery system 190. In addition to identifying theportable media device 100, thedevice identification data 820 can include status (and/or performance) information for theportable media device 100 and/or historical maintenance information, such as a date and/or a location where theportable media device 100 was last serviced. Similarly, status (and/or performance) information, such as a current battery charge level and/or a number of charging cycles, can be provided for thebattery system 190. Thedevice identification data 820 likewise can include information about theviewing content 200 stored by theportable media device 100. Thedevice identification data 820 can include, for example, a date and/or a location where thecurrent viewing content 200 was loaded onto theportable media device 100 and/or a date period and/or a catalogue (or content listing) of thecurrent viewing content 200. One or more active content sets for theviewing content 200 can be identified and/or selected by thedevice identification data 820. As desired, thedevice identification data 820 likewise can include usage information, such as cycle usage and/or a date for any user data offloads, of theportable media device 100 and/or transactional information, such as any user billing information. - Being configured to facilitate communication between the
portable media device 100 and the devicemanagement database system 850, thedevice management interface 830 can include a portable (or handheld) system and/or a substantially fixed system. When theportable media device 100 is in communication with thedevice management interface 830, thedevice management interface 830 can receive the uploadidentification data 824 transmitted by theportable media device 100. The uploadidentification data 824 can include current device configuration information, such asidentification data 820 currently stored in theidentification memory system 816 and/or uploadcontent 260, such as status (or performance) information regarding theportable media device 100 and/or the viewing content200 (or the stored content240) (shown inFIG. 3B ) currently stored in the memory system144 (shown inFIG. 3B ). The information about the viewing content200 (or the stored content240) currently stored in thememory system 144 can be provided as a current content catalogue (not shown) for theportable media device 100. - The
device management interface 830 can provide the uploadidentification data 824 to the devicemanagement database system 850 as the uploadmanagement data 844 as illustrated inFIG. 12 . In the manner set forth in more detail above, thedevice management interface 830 and the devicemanagement database system 850 can communicate in any conventional manner, including via wired and/or wireless communications. The devicemanagement database system 850 can maintain a historical record for eachportable media device 100. The historical records of the devicemanagement database system 850 can include information derived from theidentification data 820 from thedevice identification system 810 and/or the content catalogue from thememory system 144 of eachportable media device 100 in the devicemanagement database system 850. Upon receiving the uploadmanagement data 844, the devicemanagement database system 850 can process the uploadmanagement data 844 to update (and/or append) the historical records for theportable media device 100 in accordance with the information provided with the uploadmanagement data 844. - For example, the device
management database system 850 can process the uploadmanagement data 844 to determine whether theportable media device 100 is a newportable media device 100. For newportable media devices 100, the devicemanagement database system 850 can create new records; whereas, existing historical records associated with anyportable media devices 100 that have been removed from thedevice management system 800 due, for example, to loss, theft, and/or obsolescence, can be maintained, archived, and/or deleted, as desired. The devicemanagement database system 850 likewise can update (and/or append) the historical records to include the current device configuration information, such asidentification data 820 from theidentification memory system 816 and/or the uploadcontent 260, such as status (or performance) information regarding theportable media device 100 and/or the viewing content200 (or the stored content240) currently stored in thememory system 144. The devicemanagement database system 850 thereby can update (and/or append) the historical records to include the current device status and configuration of theportable media device 100. - The device
management database system 850 likewise can providedownload management data 842 that can include instructions for configuring theportable media device 100 for future use. Illustrativedownload management data 842 can include one or more device configuration instructions, such as at least one instruction for updating theidentification data 820 stored in theidentification memory system 816 and/or at least one instruction for updating the viewing content200 (or the stored content240) stored in thememory system 144. The devicemanagement database system 850 can transmit thedownload management data 842 to thedevice management interface 830. Upon receiving thedownload management data 842, thedevice management interface 830 can execute the device configuration instructions included with the receiveddownload management data 842. The portable media device thereby can be configured for future use in accordance with the device configuration instructions. - If the
download management data 842 includes one or more instructions for updating theidentification data 820 stored in theidentification memory system 816, thedevice management interface 830 can provide the instructions for updating theidentification memory system 816 to theportable media device 100 as thedownload identification data 822. Thedevice identification system 810 can receive thedownload identification data 822 and update theidentification memory system 816 in accordance with thedownload identification data 822. Thedownload management data 842 likewise can include one or more instructions for updating the content catalogue stored in thememory system 144. Upon receiving thedownload management data 842, thedevice management interface 830 can process thedownload management data 842 and can transmitviewing content 200 to theportable media device 100 in accordance with the instructions for updating the content catalogue. The transmittedviewing content 200 can be stored via thememory system 144 in the manner discussed above. Theportable media device 100 thereby can be configured for future use. - Turning to
FIG. 13A , thedevice management system 800 is illustrated as including adevice management interface 830 with a deviceinterface docking station 832 for receiving a selectedportable media device 100. Communications between theportable media device 100 and the deviceinterface docking station 832 preferably are initiated automatically when theportable media device 100 is coupled with the deviceinterface docking station 832. The deviceinterface docking station 832 can include apower communication port 832A, acontent communication port 832B, and/or anidentification communication port 832C. Being provided in the manner discussed above with reference to the power port595 (shown inFIG. 9B ), thepower communication port 832A is configured to cooperate with thepower port 192 of theportable media device 100 and is in communication with abattery charging system 834. Thebattery charging system 834 can providepower 834, having predetermined voltage and/or current characteristics that are suitable for charging thebattery system 190 of theportable media device 100. - The
content communication port 832B of the deviceinterface docking station 832 is configured to communicate with thecommunication port 162 of theportable media device 100 and can be provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the communication port162 (shown inFIGS. 3A-B ). Thereby, the deviceinterface docking station 832 can receive uploadcontent 260 from thememory system 144 and/or provideviewing content 200 to thememory system 144. Theidentification communication port 832C is configured to receive uploadidentification data 824 from, and/or providedownload identification data 822 to, thedevice identification system 810 of theportable media device 100. Being provided in the manner discussed above with reference to the identification communication port812 (shown inFIG. 12 ), theidentification communication port 832C can communicate with theidentification communication port 812 and, therefore, with theidentification memory system 816 of theportable media device 100. - The
device management interface 830 likewise can include aninterface content source 836 and/or aninterface memory system 838 as illustrated inFIG. 13A . Theinterface content source 836 can be provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the content source300 (shown inFIGS. 2A-B ); whereas, theinterface memory system 838 can be provided in the manner discussed above with reference to the memory system144 (shown inFIG. 3B ). As desired, theinterface memory system 838 can provide at least temporary storage for thedownload management data 842 and/or thedownload identification data 822, for example, while thedevice management interface 830 is processing thedownload management data 842. Theinterface memory system 838 likewise can provide at least temporary storage for the uploadidentification data 824 received from thedevice identification system 810 of theportable media device 100 pending transmission of the uploadmanagement data 844 to the devicemanagement database system 850. Stated somewhat differently, theinterface memory system 838 can function a buffer system for thedownload identification data 822, the uploadidentification data 824, thedownload management data 842, and/or the uploadmanagement data 844. - Similarly, the
interface content source 836 can provide a buffer system forviewing content 200 and/or uploadcontent 260 to be exchanged between theportable media device 100 and thedevice management system 800. In the manner discussed above with reference toFIG. 12 , the uploadidentification data 824 can include information about the content catalogue currently stored in thememory system 144 of theportable media device 100. The information about the storedcontent 240, including uploadcontent 260, can be at least temporarily stored by theinterface content source 836. Thedownload management data 842 likewise can include one or more instructions for updating the content catalogue stored in thememory system 144. If the current content catalogue is to be updated withnew viewing content 200, theinterface content source 836 can provide at least temporary storage for theviewing content 200 prior to transmission of the viewing content to thememory system 144 in the manner set forth in more detail above. - If the
download management data 842 includes instructions for updating the content catalogue of thememory system 144, the instructions can comprise instructions for providing the selected viewing content from theinterface content source 836. Alternatively, and/or in addition, the instructions for updating the content catalogue can include the selectedviewing content 200. As shown inFIG. 13A , for example, the devicemanagement database system 850 can be associated with adatabase content source 852 for providing the selectedviewing content 200 for updating the content catalogue of thememory system 144. Thedatabase content source 852 can be provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the content source300 (shown inFIGS. 2A-B ). Preferably, if viewingcontent 200 is to be downloaded to a plurality ofportable media devices 100, thedatabase content source 852 can transfer a copy of the selectedviewing content 200 to theinterface content source 836 for downloading to each of theportable media devices 100. In other words, thedatabase content source 852 can comprise aglobal content source 300; whereas, theinterface content source 836 can comprise alocal content source 300. Data transfer time thereby can be reduced. In the manner discussed above with reference toFIG. 3B , the uploadcontent 260 provided by theportable media device 100 can be stored, in whole and/or in part, in thedatabase content source 852 and/or in theinterface content source 836. - The operation of the
device management system 800 is discussed with reference to theexemplary method 860 for managing a set ofportable media devices 100 as shown inFIG. 13B . Although shown and described as comprising as a selected sequence ofoperations 860A-O for purposes of illustration, thedevice management system 800 can manage the set ofportable media devices 100 in any suitable manner. Theexemplary method 860 begins at860A. At860B, thedevice management system 800 is shown as receiving the set ofportable media devices 100. One of theportable media devices 100 is selected at860C, and, at860D, the selectedportable media device 100 is disposed on the deviceinterface docking station 832 in the manner discussed above. - When the selected
portable media device 100 is disposed on the deviceinterface docking station 832, thepower port 192 of the selectedportable media device 100 can couple with the cooperatingpower communication port 832A of the deviceinterface docking station 832. Thebattery charging system 834 thereby can begin to charge thebattery system 190 of the selectedportable media device 100, at860E. Although thebattery system 190 can be charged in any conventional manner, thebattery charging system 834 preferably quick-charges thebattery system 190. The downtime of the selectedportable media device 100 thereby can be reduced. - The
communication port 162 and theidentification communication port 812 of the selectedportable media device 100 and thecontent communication port 832B and theidentification communication port 832C of the deviceinterface docking station 832 likewise can respectively communicate. Thereby, the selectedportable media device 100 can provide one or more predetermined device parameters, including selected identification parameters, such as a device serial number, and/or selected device status (or performance) parameters, such as offload usage statistics, a current content catalogue, an active content catalogue, and/or a current charge level on thebattery system 190, to thedevice management interface 830 in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference toFIG. 12 . As set forth above, thedevice management interface 830 can provide the predetermined device parameters from the selectedportable media device 100 to the devicemanagement database system 850 as thedownload management data 842, at860F. - Upon receiving the
download management data 842, the devicemanagement database system 850 can update the historical records for the selectedportable media device 100 to include the information included in thedownload management data 842 as discussed above with regard toFIG. 12 . The devicemanagement database system 850 likewise can providedownload management data 842 that can include instructions for configuring theportable media device 100 for future use. At860G, the devicemanagement database system 850 can provide thedownload management data 842 to thedevice management interface 830. Thedevice management interface 830, in turn, can configure the selectedportable media device 100 in accordance with the instructions associated with thedownload management data 842. In the manner discussed above, thedownload management data 842 likewise can include selectedmedia content 200 for updating the content catalogue of the selectedportable media device 100, which selectedmedia content 200 can be at least temporarily stored via theinterface content source 836. - The
device management interface 830 therefore, at860H, can provide the selectedmedia content 200 to the selectedportable media device 100 in accordance with the instructions associated with thedownload management data 842. In the manner discussed above, thedevice management interface 830 likewise can update thedevice identification system 810 by providing thedownload identification data 822. Upon receiving the selectedmedia content 200 and/or thedownload identification data 822, the selectedportable media device 100 can provide a confirmation of receipt to the devicemanagement database system 850, at860I, in the manner set forth above. The confirmation of receipt can comprise a quality check to validate that the selectedportable media device 100 has been loaded with thecorrect viewing content 200. As discussed above with reference to the predetermined device parameters, the confirmation of receipt likewise can include one or more predetermined device parameters, including selected identification parameters, such as a device serial number, and/or selected device status (or performance) parameters, such as a current content catalogue, an active content catalogue, a current charge level on thebattery system 190, and/or a “device ready” status parameter. The devicemanagement database system 850 preferably updates the historical record for the portable media device to include at least a portion of the information included with the confirmation of receipt. - Since the confirmation of receipt preferably includes the current charge level on the
battery system 190, the devicemanagement database system 850, at860J, can determine whether thebattery system 190 of the selectedportable media device 100 has received a full charge. If thebattery system 190 is not fully charged, the devicemanagement database system 850 can permit thebattery system 190 to continue to charge, at860K. The devicemanagement database system 850 thereafter can periodically request an updated current charge level on thebattery system 190, at860J, to determine whether thebattery system 190 has received a full charge. Once the current charge level on thebattery system 190 indicates that thebattery system 190 is fully charged, the selectedportable media device 100 is ready for future use and, at860L, can be removed from the deviceinterface docking station 832. At860M, eachportable media device 100 in the set can be processed and prepared for future use in the manner set forth above. Once processing is complete, the set ofportable media devices 100 can be provided for use, at860N, and the process ends at860O. FIG. 14 illustrates adevice management system 800 for simultaneously processing a plurality ofportable media devices 100 in the manner set forth above with reference toFIGS. 13A-B . Thedevice management system 800 is shown as including a plurality of device management interfaces830 in communication with the devicemanagement database system 850. Eachdevice management interface 830 likewise can include a plurality of deviceinterface docking stations 832 for receiving a plurality ofportable media devices 100. Thereby, thedevice management interface 830 can receivedevice identification data 820 from each relevantportable media device 100 and can transmit thedevice identification data 820, in whole and/or in part, to the devicemanagement database system 850 asmanagement data 840 in the manner discussed above. The devicemanagement database system 850 can maintain historical records for each of the portable media devices and can provide configuration instruction for configuring each of the portable media devices for future use in the manner set forth above.- Each the device
interface docking station 832 can update theportable media devices 100 in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIGS.12 and13A-B. For example, a selected deviceinterface docking station 832, such as deviceinterface docking station 832A, can provide the updatedviewing content 200 to the associatedportable media devices 100 in a wired manner and/or in a wireless manner as set forth above with reference toFIG. 3A , preferably via high-speed data communications. If theportable media devices 100 receive the updatedviewing content 200 via wireless data communications, the updatedviewing content 200 can be distributed to one or more of the associatedportable media devices 100 in any conventional manner. The selected deviceinterface docking station 832, for instance, can sequentially update the associatedportable media devices 100 and/or can update two or more of the associatedportable media devices 100 in parallel. In other words, the selected deviceinterface docking station 832 can provide the updatedviewing content 200 to the associatedportable media devices 100 on a one-by-one basis and/or can multicast the updatedviewing content 200 to more than one, preferably all, of the associatedportable media devices 100. - Although the device
interface docking stations 832 for a selecteddevice management interface 830, such asdevice management interface 830A, can be configured to process theportable media devices 100 in uniform and/or different manners, the deviceinterface docking stations 832 preferably uniformly process theportable media devices 100. Stated somewhat differently, theportable media devices 100 associated with the selecteddevice management interface 830 preferably are processed in a uniform manner, such that theportable media devices 100 are updated withuniform viewing content 200 and thedevice identification system 810 are uniformly updated with thedevice identification data 820. The memory systems144 (shown inFIG. 13A ) of the relevantportable media devices 100 thereby can store the same viewing content200 (or stored content240) (shown inFIG. 3B ). Theportable media devices 100 thereby can be uniformly updated for future use in a more rapid manner. - In the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to
FIG. 7 , theportable media devices 100 can be separated into two or more device groups105 (shown inFIG. 7 ). The device management interfaces830 therefore may be allocated in accordance with the device groups105. For example, thedevice management interface 830A can be configured to process theportable media devices 100 associated with afirst device group 105A (shown inFIG. 7 ); whereas, theportable media devices 100 associated with asecond device group 105B (shown inFIG. 7 ) can be processed by thedevice management interface 830N. Thereby, theportable media devices 100 in eachdevice group 105 can be simultaneously prepared for future use in a parallel manner. - Advantageously, each
device management interface 830A-N is shown as respectively including a separatebattery charging system 834A-N,interface content source 836A-N, and/orinterface memory system 838A-N. Thedownload management data 842A-N and/or the selectedviewing content 200A-N can be locally stored at eachdevice management interface 830A-N viainterface content sources 836A-N and/orinterface memory systems 838A-N. The devicemanagement database system 850 thereby is not required to repeatedly provide the selectedviewing content 200A-N to eachdevice management interface 830A-N. Instead, the selectedviewing content 200A-N can be locally stored on the relevantinterface content source 836A-N. Since theportable media devices 100 preferably are uniform, thepower 834A-N provided by thebattery charging systems 834A-N preferably is uniform. As desired, the devicemanagement database system 850 likewise can provide access to theInternet 565. The devicemanagement database system 850 thereby can communicate with one or more other devicemanagement database systems 850 and/or a central (or master) device management database system (not shown) for coordinating the historical records maintained by each of the device management database systems. - An illustrative embodiment of a
multi-bay docking station 870 for thedevice management system 800 is shown inFIG. 15A . Receiving input power872 from an external power source (not shown), themulti-bay docking station 870 includes aswitching system 876 and apower supply 878 and is configured to communicate with aserver system 874. Theserver system 874 can comprise a conventional computer server system and, as desired, can at least partially incorporate the interface content source836 (shown inFIGS. 13A and 14 ) and/or the interface memory system838 (shown inFIGS. 13A and 14 ). Theserver system 874 preferably can be configured to communicate with a plurality ofdocking stations 870 in the manner discussed above with reference toFIG. 14 . Thepower supply 878 converts the input power872 into power, having a predetermined voltage level and/or a predetermined current level, that is suitable for the battery systems190 (shown inFIG. 4B ) of theportable media devices 100. - The
switching system 876 facilitates communications between theserver system 874 and a plurality of deviceinterface docking stations 832, each provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference toFIG. 13A . Preferably comprising a high speed switching system, theswitching system 876 can be provided as any conventional type of switching (or routing) system in the manner set forth in the aforementioned co-pending U.S. patent application, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONTENT ON MOBILE PLATFORMS,” Ser. No. 11/123,327, filed on May 6, 2005. If configured to support communications in accordance with the Gigabit (such as 1000 Base-X and/or 1000 Base-T) Ethernet standard, for example, theswitching system 876 can negotiate appropriate communication data rates, including ten, one hundred, or one thousand megabits per second (10/100/1000 Mbps), and/or a duplex mode, such as a half duplex mode and/or a full duplex mode. - Thereby, when the plurality of
portable media devices 100 is disposed in the deviceinterface docking stations 832, themulti-bay docking station 870 can automatically begin to charge thebattery systems 190 of theportable media devices 100. Themulti-bay docking station 870 likewise can automatically initiate the download of the device identification data820 (shown inFIG. 14 ), the update of the viewing content200 (shown inFIG. 14 ), and/or the update of thedevice identification data 820 in the manner discussed above. The download of thedevice identification data 820 and the update of theviewing content 200 and thedevice identification data 820 can be controlled via a software application executed by theserver system 874. In the manner discussed above, theserver system 874 can provide the updatedviewing content 200 to theportable media devices 100 on a one-by-one basis and/or can multicast the updatedviewing content 200 to more than one, preferably all, of the associatedportable media devices 100. Theserver system 874 likewise can extract any transaction information, such as credit card information, from theportable media devices 100 and can securely process the transaction information. - The
multi-bay docking station 870 preferably provides at least one external indicator system (not shown) for each deviceinterface docking station 832. The external indicator system can, for example, show the status of therelevant battery system 190. In addition to indicating whether the deviceinterface docking station 832 is empty, the external indicator system can indicate whether therelevant battery system 190 is being charged, is fully charged, and/or is bad and requires replacement. A similar indicator system may be provided to indicate the status of the viewing content update and/or the device identification data update for each deviceinterface docking station 832. - As desired, the download of the
device identification data 820 and/or the update of theviewing content 200 and/or thedevice identification data 820 can be performed separately from the charging of thebattery systems 190.FIG. 15B illustrates abattery charging station 880 for chargingbattery systems 190 separately from the portable media devices100 (shown inFIG. 15A ). As desired, thebattery charging station 880 likewise can be advantageously applied to chargespare battery systems 190 for theportable media devices 100. Thebattery charging station 880 is shown as including a plurality of power supply/charging circuit modules 884 each for receivinginput power 882 and converting theinput power 882 into power, having a predetermined voltage level and/or a predetermined current level, that is suitable for thebattery systems 190 as discussed with reference to the power supply878 (shown inFIG. 15A ). Preferably, thebattery charging station 880 can rapidly charge thebattery systems 190. If thebattery systems 190 have an eight hour battery life, for example, thebattery charging station 880 can fully charge thebattery systems 190 in approximately four to five hours. Thebattery charging station 880 preferably provides at least one external indicator system (not shown) to indicate the status of eachbattery system 190 in the manner set forth above. - In a typical application, the
device management system 800 can be associated with anairport terminal 900 as illustrated inFIG. 16A . Theairport terminal 900 includes a plurality ofgates 910, which are divided intogate groups 910A-N. Eachgate group 910A-N is associated with a ground support station (service station)920A-N, respectively, for servicingaircraft 500B, includingaircraft 500B withvehicle information systems 510. As illustrated inFIG. 16A , each of theground support stations 920A-N includes at least one deviceinterface docking station 832A-N for uniformly processingportable media devices 100 in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference toFIGS. 13A-B and14. - The device
management database system 850 is shown as being configured to communicate with thedatabase content source 852 as set forth above and/or aairport terminal network 930 provided in the manner set forth in the aforementioned co-pending U.S. patent application, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONTENT ON MOBILE PLATFORMS,” Ser. No. 11/123,327, filed on May 6, 2005. Thedevice management system 800 thereby can configure theportable media devices 100 to includeviewing content 200 from thedatabase content source 852 and/or travelinformation content 940 from theairport terminal network 930 via the device management interfaces830A-N in the manner discussed in more detail above. Exemplarytravel information content 940 can include any conventional type of information regarding each flight, such as a flight number, an aircraft tail number, gate number, flight departure and arrival time data, and/or passenger data. - Having access to the
travel information content 940 from theairport terminal network 930, thedevice management interface 830A at theground support station 920A can prepare afirst set 100′ ofportable media devices 100 for use, for example, on a selected future departing flight. In the manner discussed above, theportable media devices 100 can be configured to includeuniform viewing content 200A, and the devicemanagement database system 850 can update its records for eachportable media device 100 in thefirst set 100′. The records of the devicemanagement database system 850 thereby associate each of theportable media devices 100 in thefirst set 100′ as identified, for example, by serial number, with the selected future departing flight as identified, for example, by flight number, gate number, and/or aircraft tail number. - Therefore, when the
relevant aircraft 500B, such asaircraft 500B′ as shown inFIG. 16A , lands at theairport terminal 900 and arrives at theappropriate gate 910 in thegate group 910A, the ground crew (not shown) can provide thefirst set 100′ ofportable media devices 100 to theaircraft 500B′ and/or can retrieve asecond set 100″ ofportable media devices 100, which were used during the incoming flight, from theaircraft 500B′. A portable (or handheld)device management interface 830A′ can be provided at theaircraft 500B′ to scan eachportable media device 100 in thefirst set 100′ loaded onto theaircraft 500B′ and/or eachportable media device 100 in thesecond set 100″ retrieved from theaircraft 500B′. By scanning theportable media devices 100 at theaircraft 500B′, the historical records maintained by the devicemanagement database system 850 thereby can be updated to reflect that eachportable media device 100 in thefirst set 100′ has been loaded onto theaircraft 500B′ and/or that eachportable media device 100 in thesecond set 100″ has arrived at theairport terminal 900. For quality assurance purposes, the ground crew and a representative from theaircraft 500B each validate the number ofportable media devices 100 and electronically sign for delivery and receipt. - The
second set 100″ ofportable media devices 100 can be processed by thedevice management interface 830A as set forth above. The devicemanagement database system 850 thereby can update the historical records for thesecond set 100″ ofportable media devices 100 to include information regarding the return of theportable media devices 100 to theground support station 920A and can provide configuration instructions for reconfiguring theportable media devices 100 in thesecond set 100″, in whole and/or in part, for use on one or more subsequent flight as discussed above. As necessary, the historical records maintained by the devicemanagement database system 850 likewise can be updated to reflect anyportable media devices 100 in thesecond set 100″ that were identified as being on theaircraft 500B but that were not scanned when thesecond set 100″ of theportable media devices 100 was retrieved from theaircraft 500B′. The missingportable media devices 100 in thesecond set 100″ may not have been retrieved from theaircraft 500B′ for a variety of reasons, including, for example, loss and/or theft. Electronic tracking therefore can facilitate the maintenance of a complete historical record for eachportable media device 100. Thereby, thedevice management system 800 can advantageously provide logistical control and management of theportable media devices 100 and/or can provide the associated data to the operator of theaircraft 500B′. - To simplify chain of custody and to help ensure robust tracking of the
portable media devices 100, theportable media devices 100 preferably are disposed within one ormore device containers 950 in preparation for delivery to theaircraft 500B′ as illustrated inFIG. 16B . Thedevice containers 950 can be provided in any suitable manner. Preferably, thedevice containers 950 comprise tamper-evident containers that are appropriately sized for use with a standard aircraft galley cart (not shown), such as a half-size galley cart and/or a full-size galley cart. In other words, thedevice containers 950 can be provided as sealable containers and/or containers that include at least one security seal to evidence that thedevice containers 950 have been opened. Thedevice containers 950 preferably are constructed such that thedevice identification systems 810 of theportable media devices 100 can communicate with adevice management interface 830 when theportable media devices 100 are disposed within the sealeddevice containers 950. - Upon receiving the
portable media devices 100 and being sealed, thedevice containers 950 can include indicia for readily identifying the contents sealed within. For example, apacking list 952 can be provided for identifying the contents of thedevice containers 950. As desired, aseparate packing list 952 can be provided for eachdevice container 950, and/or two ormore device containers 950 can share acommon packing list 952. Thepacking list 952 can include content information such as a number of theportable media devices 100 stored within the associateddevice container 950, a device serial number for eachportable media device 100, and/or quality assurance information for eachportable media device 100. Exemplary quality assurance information can include information, such as a date, location, and inspector name, related to the inspection and sealing of the associateddevice container 950. As desired, thepacking list 952 likewise can include at least one section for comments, such as comments regarding theportable media devices 100. The comments section, for instance, can be used to identify anyportable media devices 100 that have problems and to describe the problems. Information from thepacking list 952 preferably can be provided to the device management database system850 (shown inFIG. 16A ) such that the historical record for eachportable media device 100 can be updated, as needed. - In a preferred embodiment, each of the
device containers 950 can include acontainer identification system 954. Thecontainer identification system 954 can be provided in the manner set for in more detail above with reference to the device identification system810 (shown inFIG. 12 ) and can communicate with the device management interface830 (shown inFIG. 12 ) and, therefore, the devicemanagement database system 850 in the manner discussed above. Thecontainer identification system 954 can provide content information, such as the content information discussed above with reference to thepacking list 952. Preferably, the content information provided by thecontainer identification system 954 includes a number of theportable media devices 100 stored within the associateddevice container 950, a device serial number for eachportable media device 100, a serial number of the security seal, and/or information regarding theaircraft 500′ to which thedevice container 950 is to be delivered. - As discussed above, the
container identification system 954 can communicate with thedevice management interface 830 such that the content information can be provided to the devicemanagement database system 850, which can update the historical record for eachportable media device 100. Thecontainer identification system 954 can be scanned by thedevice management interface 830 at each transfer to provide a chain of custody for thedevice containers 950 and, therefore, theportable media devices 100. For example, thedevice management interface 830 can scan thecontainer identification system 954 ofoutgoing device containers 950 when thedevice container 950 is inspected and sealed, when thedevice container 950 leaves theground support station 920A-N (shown inFIG. 16A ), and when thedevice container 950 is provided to, and disposed aboard, theaircraft 500B′. Similarly, thecontainer identification system 954 ofincoming device containers 950 can be scanned by thedevice management interface 830 when thedevice container 950 is retrieved from theaircraft 500B′, when thedevice container 950 arrives at theground support station 920A-N, and when thedevice container 950 is opened and inspected. Thedevice management system 800 thereby can monitor transfers of sealeddevice containers 950 rather than transfers of individualportable media devices 100. - After the
device container 950 has been opened, theportable media devices 100 can be inspected for any damage and, as necessary, repaired. Theportable media devices 100 then can be coupled with device interface docking station832 (shown inFIG. 13A ). While the battery systems190 (shown inFIG. 4B ) of theportable media devices 100 are being recharged, thedevice identification data 820 can be downloaded from thedevice identification systems 810 and provided to the devicemanagement database system 850. The devicemanagement database system 850 thereby can update the historical records of theportable media devices 100 and can provide configuration instruction for configuring theportable media devices 100 for future use in the manner set forth in more detail above. In accordance with the configuration instruction received from the devicemanagement database system 850, thedevice management interface 830 can configure eachportable media device 100, updating thedevice identification data 820 stored by thedevice identification system 810 and/or updating theviewing content 200 stored by thememory system 144, as discussed above. - The sealed
device containers 950 ofportable media devices 100 can be delivered to theaircraft 500B in any conventional manner. As illustrated inFIG. 16B , for example, the first sealeddevice containers 950′ is illustrated as including thefirst set 100′ ofportable media devices 100 provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference toFIG. 16A . The first sealeddevice containers 950′ can be included in one or more largerflight delivery containers 960, such as firstflight delivery containers 960′, with other containers, such asfood storage containers 970 for storing meals972,beverages 974, and/orsnacks 976. Similarly, thesecond set 100″ ofportable media devices 100 can be provided as discussed above and can be provided in second sealeddevice containers 950″ for retrieval from theaircraft 500B′. In the manner set forth above, the second sealeddevice containers 950″ can be included in one or more largerflight delivery containers 960, such as secondflight delivery containers 960″, with other containers, such as a refuse storage container980. Thereby, theaircraft 500B′ can be prepared for flight by retrieving the secondflight delivery container 960″ including items, such as thesecond set 100″ ofportable media devices 100, that were used during prior travel and by providing the firstflight delivery container 960′ including items, such as thefirst set 100′ ofportable media devices 100, for use during subsequent travel to theaircraft 500B′. Preferably, a fresh set ofportable media devices 100 is provided for each flight of theaircraft 500B′. - In the manner discussed above, the
portable media device 100 can be configured to facilitate commercial transactions, including commercial transactions initiated by passengers traveling aboard a vehicle500 (shown inFIGS. 8A-B ). Since commercial transactions typically require payment information, such as a credit card number, and/or authorization information, such as a personal identification number (PIN) or a password, theportable media device 100 includes an input system170 (shown inFIGS. 3A-B ) for entering such transaction information (not shown). Theinput system 170 can be provided as discussed above with reference toFIGS. 3A-B and typically comprises a keyboard and/or a mouse. Preferably, theportable media device 100 likewise includes a credit card reader system for providing payment information in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference toFIG. 3B . - Illustrative commercial transactions can include transactions for securing access to the
portable media device 100 itself. For example, transaction information may be required to rent (and/or activate) theportable media device 100. Theportable media device 100 likewise can require transaction information (or additional transaction information) to access selected functions of theportable media device 100, such as to access the viewing content200 (shown inFIGS. 3A-B ) stored on the memory system144 (shown inFIG. 3B ). Access topremium viewing content 200 can require additional transaction information. As discussed in more detail above, theportable media device 100 can store the transaction information on thememory system 144 and/or can transmit the transaction information as the upload content260 (shown inFIGS. 3A-B ). If stored on thememory system 144, the transaction information preferably is uploaded from theportable media device 100 and provided to the devicemanagement database system 850 for processing in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to the device management system800 (shown in FIGS.12 and13A-B). - If disposed on a vehicle500 (shown in
FIGS. 8A-B ), such as anaircraft 500B (shown inFIG. 8B ), for example, theportable media device 100 can be configured to communicate with a vehicle information system510 (shown inFIGS. 8A-B ) installed on thevehicle 500. Upon receiving the transaction information from theportable media device 100, thevehicle information system 510 can process the transaction information in any conventional manner, such as via a computer system550 (shown inFIG. 8B ) of thevehicle information system 510. For example, thevehicle information system 510 can process the transaction information in real time by instantly downloading the transaction information to a terrestrial payment system (not shown) via a communication system560 (shown inFIG. 8B ), such as asatellite communication system 560′ (shown inFIG. 8B ). Thevehicle information system 510 likewise can process the transaction information in a time-delayed manner by storing the transaction information for downloading to the terrestrial payment system at a later time, such as arrival the destination of thevehicle 500. To help ensure security, the transaction information preferably is stored and/or transmitted in an encrypted format. - The commercial transactions can comprise any conventional type of commercial transactions, including commercial transactions performed via the Internet565 (shown in
FIG. 8B ). In a preferred embodiment, the commercial transactions can include commercial transactions involving merchandise (not shown), such as duty-free merchandise in the case of international travel, and/or services that are available via thevehicle 500. Information regarding the merchandise and/or services can be visually and/or audibly presented via theportable media device 100 and can include textual information and/or graphical information describing the merchandise and/or services. Theportable media device 100 likewise can one or more relevant Internet links and/or present various merchandise options, such as available sizes and/or colors, and/or service options. The desired merchandise and/or services can be selected for purchase via theportable media device 100 by entering the transaction information. If stored on thevehicle 500, the merchandise can be made available upon receipt of the transaction information; otherwise, the merchandise can be provided upon arrival at the destination and/or shipped to a selected location. - The
portable media device 100 likewise can be configured to present advertisement information for selected products and/or services. Uniform advertisement information can be presented by eachportable media device 100, and/or the advertisement information can be selectably presented by theportable media devices 100 based upon any suitable criteria. Preferably, the advertisement information comprises directed advertisement information based, for example, upon a passenger's usage of theportable media device 100. The advertisement information can be visually and/or audibly presented via theportable media device 100 and can include textual information and/or graphical information describing the product and/or service. As desired, theportable media device 100 likewise can one or more relevant Internet links for viewing additional advertising information. Theportable media device 100 can provide transaction information to purchase the advertised product and/or service in the manner discussed above. - The crew of the
vehicle 500 likewise can be provided with one or more portable media devices100 (or the crew media devices) for assisting passengers with their commercial transactions. Each crew media device can be provided in the manner set forth above with reference to the portable media device100 (shown inFIGS. 3A-B ) and preferably are configured to receive transaction information as discussed above. Preferably, the crew media device include a credit card reader system for providing payment information in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference toFIG. 3B . The crew media device likewise can include additional functionality, such as a bar code scanner system, a still and/or motion picture camera system, voice recording functionality, and voice-to-text conversion functionality. - The crew media device can support any conventional type of commercial transactions, including the above-mentioned commercial transactions, such as rental of
portable media devices 100 by passengers and/or merchandise (and/or services) purchases, that are supported by theportable media devices 100 for passenger usage. As desired, additional commercial transactions likewise may be supported. For example, the crew media device can be used to enter orders for food and/or beverages for delivery during travel. - To facilitate distribution of the purchased merchandise, the crew media device can be associated with one or more merchandise bins (not shown) for storing merchandise available on the
vehicle 500. The merchandise bins can be provided in any suitable manner, including as stationary merchandise bins and/or portable merchandise bins. For example, one or more selected cabin compartments (not shown) in the passenger cabin570 (shown inFIGS. 8A-B ) can be designated for merchandise storage. The crew media device likewise can include one or more drawers for merchandise storage and/or can be associated with a aircraft galley cart (not shown), such as a half-size galley cart and/or a full-size galley cart, with one or more drawers for merchandise storage. - In a preferred embodiment, the crew media device can provide an inventory control system for the merchandise available for purchase on the
vehicle 500. The crew media device preferably provides the inventory control system in cooperation with one or more computer systems (not shown), such as thevehicle information system 510. As desired, the computer systems can be disposed onboard thevehicle 500 and/or external to, or remote from, thevehicle 500. - As discussed in more detail above with regard to the
portable media device 100, the crew media device can store the transaction information on thememory system 144 and/or can transmit the transaction information as the upload content260 (shown inFIGS. 3A-B ). If stored on thememory system 144, for example, the transaction information preferably is uploaded from the crew media device and provided to the devicemanagement database system 850 for processing in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to the device management system800 (shown in FIGS.12 and13A-B). The crew media device likewise can be configured to communicate with thevehicle information system 510 as discussed above with reference to theportable media device 100. Upon receiving the transaction information from theportable media device 100, thevehicle information system 510 can process the transaction information in any conventional manner, including in real time and/or in a time-delayed manner, in the manner set forth in more detail above. To help ensure security, the transaction information preferably is stored and/or transmitted in an encrypted format. - In the manner discussed above with reference to the communication system560 (shown in
FIG. 8B ), thevehicle information system 510 of theaircraft 500B and theterrestrial content source 300B (shown inFIG. 8B ) can communicate in any conventional wireless manner. For example, an Aircraft-Ground Information Services—Cellular Modem (AGIS-CM) system for providing two-way data communications between an XMLRPC server system, such as the server system520 (shown inFIG. 8B ), installed on theaircraft 500B and an Aircraft-Ground Information Services (AGIS) server at a ground station while theaircraft 500B is on the ground. The server on board theaircraft 500B includes a Cabin Memory Extension Unit (CMEU2 (AGIS-Air/AGIS-Link)) hard drive array with a communication port that is coupled with a General Packet Radio Service (GSM/GPRS) cellular transmitter/receiver via an RS-232 connection. After theaircraft 500B lands, the server on board theaircraft 500B is configured to dial a telephone number to contact the ground server. The server on board theaircraft 500B and the ground server then can negotiate to form a communication channel using Internet connectivity in accordance with the XMLRPC protocol. Neither the dialing event nor the negotiation event will be triggered by opening a door to theaircraft 500B. - The servers are configured to exchange data while the
aircraft 500B is on the ground, regarding of whether theaircraft 500B is stationary or in motion. The data transferred from the server on board theaircraft 500B comprises operational information regarding an in-flight entertainment (IFE) system that is installed on theaircraft 500B. The operational information can include, for example, passenger usage information as well as information regarding any system failures. The ground server can transfer program content, such as movies or television programs, for display during subsequent flight. Prior to forming the communication channel, both servers can store pending data transfers, which are immediately exchanged once the communication channel has been established. Since the server on board theaircraft 500B can store and transmit the pending data transfers, on-board applications, which generate the pending data transfers, are not individually required to provide a data transfer mechanism. - A communication system for providing two-way communications between a cellular telephone on an
aircraft 500B and the public telephone network while theaircraft 500B is in flight. The communication system is mounted in anaircraft 500B and is configured for use with standard cellular telephones used by passengers on theaircraft 500B. Being in wireless communication with the cellular telephones, the communication system includes an internal antenna system for exchanging cellular communication signals with the cellular telephones. The internal antenna system can comprise a plurality of antennas distributed throughout the passenger compartment of theaircraft 500B, such as an antenna disposed at each passenger seat, and is coupled with a central transceiver system. - The central transceiver system is configured to receive outgoing cellular communication signals from the internal antenna system and to convert the outgoing cellular communication signals into outgoing satellite communication signals, which are compatible with satellite communications. Coupled with an external antenna system, the central transceiver system is configured to transmit the outgoing satellite communication signals to a satellite system via the external antenna system. The satellite system, in turn, relays the outgoing satellite communication signals to a terrestrial receiving station that is in communication with the public telephone network. The terrestrial receiving station can convert the outgoing satellite communication signals into outgoing telephone signals, which are compatible with the public telephone network, and provides the outgoing telephone signals to the public telephone network. The central transceiver system likewise can receive incoming satellite communication signals the terrestrial receiving station and convert the incoming satellite communication signals into cellular communication signals via a reverse process. Thereby, passengers can make cellular telephone calls during flight.
- The various embodiments disclosed herein are susceptible to various modifications and alternative forms, and specific examples thereof have been shown by way of example in the drawings and are herein described in detail. It should be understood, however, that the various embodiments disclosed herein are not to be limited to the particular forms or methods disclosed, but to the contrary, the disclosure is to cover all modifications, equivalents, and alternatives falling within the spirit and scope of the claims.
Claims (1)
1. A device management system for portable media devices, comprising:
a portable media device for presenting selected viewing content selected from viewing content stored on a device memory system of said portable media device, said portable media device having a device identification system for providing device identification data including device status information for said portable media device;
a device management database system for maintaining a historical record for said portable media device, said device management database system updating said historical record in accordance with said device identification data and providing at least one device configuration instruction for configuring said portable media device for future use; and
a device management interface system for providing said device identification data received from said portable media device to said device management database system, said device management interface system updating said viewing content stored on said device memory system and updating said device status information stored by said device identification system each in accordance with said at least one device configuration instruction received from said device management database system.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US13/107,762US20110219407A1 (en) | 2004-06-15 | 2011-05-13 | Portable Media Device and Method for Presenting Viewing Content During Travel |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US58009904P | 2004-06-15 | 2004-06-15 | |
| US11/154,749US7945934B2 (en) | 2004-06-15 | 2005-06-15 | Portable media device and method for presenting viewing content during travel |
| US13/107,762US20110219407A1 (en) | 2004-06-15 | 2011-05-13 | Portable Media Device and Method for Presenting Viewing Content During Travel |
Related Parent Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US11/154,749ContinuationUS7945934B2 (en) | 2004-06-15 | 2005-06-15 | Portable media device and method for presenting viewing content during travel |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20110219407A1true US20110219407A1 (en) | 2011-09-08 |
Family
ID=34982187
Family Applications (4)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US11/154,749Active2028-02-17US7945934B2 (en) | 2004-06-15 | 2005-06-15 | Portable media device and method for presenting viewing content during travel |
| US12/349,382Expired - LifetimeUS8037500B2 (en) | 2004-06-15 | 2009-01-06 | Portable media device and method for presenting viewing content during travel |
| US13/107,762AbandonedUS20110219407A1 (en) | 2004-06-15 | 2011-05-13 | Portable Media Device and Method for Presenting Viewing Content During Travel |
| US13/267,808AbandonedUS20120030708A1 (en) | 2004-06-15 | 2011-10-06 | Portable Media Device and Method for Presenting Viewing Content During Travel |
Family Applications Before (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US11/154,749Active2028-02-17US7945934B2 (en) | 2004-06-15 | 2005-06-15 | Portable media device and method for presenting viewing content during travel |
| US12/349,382Expired - LifetimeUS8037500B2 (en) | 2004-06-15 | 2009-01-06 | Portable media device and method for presenting viewing content during travel |
Family Applications After (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US13/267,808AbandonedUS20120030708A1 (en) | 2004-06-15 | 2011-10-06 | Portable Media Device and Method for Presenting Viewing Content During Travel |
Country Status (6)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (4) | US7945934B2 (en) |
| EP (1) | EP1774785B1 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP5020072B2 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR101161046B1 (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2568595C (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2005125207A2 (en) |
Cited By (12)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20110169721A1 (en)* | 2008-09-19 | 2011-07-14 | Claus Bauer | Upstream signal processing for client devices in a small-cell wireless network |
| US20130074111A1 (en)* | 2011-09-16 | 2013-03-21 | Elwha LLC, a limited liability company of the State of Delaware | In-transit electronic media with location-based content |
| US20130074112A1 (en)* | 2011-09-16 | 2013-03-21 | Elwha LLC, a limited liability company of the State of Delaware | Secure electronic media for in-transit passenger usage |
| US20130074107A1 (en)* | 2011-09-16 | 2013-03-21 | Elwha LLC, a limited liability of the State of Delaware | Power source for in-transit electronic media |
| US20150271532A1 (en)* | 2014-03-20 | 2015-09-24 | Yahoo Japan Corporation | Delivery device and delivery method |
| CN107465948A (en)* | 2016-06-03 | 2017-12-12 | 法拉第未来公司 | Infotainment playback controls |
| US9852355B2 (en)* | 2015-04-21 | 2017-12-26 | Thales Avionics, Inc. | Facial analysis for vehicle entertainment system metrics |
| WO2018152212A1 (en)* | 2017-02-14 | 2018-08-23 | Systems And Software Enterprises, Llc | Dynamic and distributed meshed network for in-flight entertainment systems |
| US10172055B2 (en)* | 2017-03-01 | 2019-01-01 | Thales Avionics, Inc. | Controlling wireless access point handover and/or transmissions mode based on person proximity |
| US20200045150A1 (en)* | 2018-08-02 | 2020-02-06 | Gogo Llc | On-board self-healing network for delivery of vehicle passenger-consumable content |
| US10616741B2 (en)* | 2017-04-27 | 2020-04-07 | Thales Avionics, Inc. | In-flight entertainment systems with a central bluetooth controller controlling bluetooth connections between passenger terminals and video display units |
| US10869076B2 (en) | 2015-03-17 | 2020-12-15 | Piksel, Inc. | Access to content |
Families Citing this family (274)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US9317241B2 (en) | 2000-10-27 | 2016-04-19 | Voxx International Corporation | Vehicle console capable of wireless reception and transmission of audio and video data |
| CA2348353A1 (en) | 2001-05-22 | 2002-11-22 | Marc Arseneau | Local broadcast system |
| US7139595B2 (en)* | 2002-10-24 | 2006-11-21 | The Rail Network, Inc. | Transit vehicle wireless transmission broadcast system |
| US20050235327A1 (en)* | 2003-11-07 | 2005-10-20 | Vitito Christopher J | Vehicle entertainment system |
| US20060070103A1 (en)* | 2003-11-07 | 2006-03-30 | Vitito Christopher J | Vehicle entertainment system |
| US20060047426A1 (en)* | 2003-11-07 | 2006-03-02 | Vitito Christopher J | Vehicle entertainment system |
| US8780282B2 (en) | 2003-11-07 | 2014-07-15 | Voxx International Corporation | Vehicle entertainment system |
| US20050099547A1 (en)* | 2003-11-07 | 2005-05-12 | Vitito Christopher J. | Automobile entertainment system |
| US7604273B2 (en)* | 2003-11-07 | 2009-10-20 | Vitito Christopher J | Vehicle entertainment system |
| US7805374B2 (en)* | 2003-11-19 | 2010-09-28 | Gene Fein | Digital media inventory control, distribution and destruction system |
| KR101161046B1 (en) | 2004-06-15 | 2012-06-28 | 파나소닉 에이비아닉스 코포레이션 | Portable media device and method for presenting viewing content during travel |
| US10028031B2 (en)* | 2004-07-23 | 2018-07-17 | Voxx International Corporation | Vehicle entertainment system capable of wireless reception of media content |
| KR100564731B1 (en)* | 2004-08-13 | 2006-03-28 | (주)잉카엔트웍스 | Method and system for transmitting data to personal mobile terminal through network |
| US20060094349A1 (en)* | 2004-10-20 | 2006-05-04 | Visteon Global Technologies, Inc. | Dockable portable satellite receiver |
| JP2008519506A (en)* | 2004-11-05 | 2008-06-05 | タレス アビオニクス インコーポレイテッド | In-flight entertainment system with hand-out passenger terminal |
| US7670227B2 (en)* | 2004-12-30 | 2010-03-02 | Microsoft Corporation | Changeable console face plate |
| US8170535B1 (en)* | 2005-01-24 | 2012-05-01 | American Airlines, Inc. | System and method for providing content to portable devices |
| JP4431519B2 (en)* | 2005-04-11 | 2010-03-17 | 日立Ｇｅニュークリア・エナジー株式会社 | Reactor coolant recirculation pump power supply |
| US20060259466A1 (en)* | 2005-05-10 | 2006-11-16 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures Lp | Updating configuration specifications in a historical database |
| US8120716B2 (en)* | 2005-06-16 | 2012-02-21 | Audiovox Corporation | Vehicle entertainment system including monitor for rear view enhancement |
| WO2006138446A2 (en)* | 2005-06-16 | 2006-12-28 | Vitito Christopher J | Vehicle entertainment system |
| US8042140B2 (en) | 2005-07-22 | 2011-10-18 | Kangaroo Media, Inc. | Buffering content on a handheld electronic device |
| CA2552062C (en)* | 2005-07-22 | 2016-06-28 | 4121856 Canada Inc. | System and methods for enhancing the experience of spectators attending a live sporting event |
| US20070077998A1 (en)* | 2005-09-19 | 2007-04-05 | Petrisor Gregory C | Fiber-to-the-seat in-flight entertainment system |
| US8407146B2 (en)* | 2005-10-28 | 2013-03-26 | Microsoft Corporation | Secure storage |
| US8041195B2 (en) | 2005-11-03 | 2011-10-18 | Audiovox Corporation | Vehicle entertainment system for remote sharing and storage of video content |
| JP4625404B2 (en)* | 2005-11-28 | 2011-02-02 | パナソニック株式会社 | Video switching device and switching target switching device |
| US20100017827A1 (en)* | 2006-01-04 | 2010-01-21 | Audiovox Corporation | Receiver and distribution unit for vehicle entertainment system |
| US8713613B2 (en) | 2006-01-04 | 2014-04-29 | Voxx International Corporation | Data distribution unit for vehicle entertainment system |
| US20070192833A1 (en)* | 2006-01-27 | 2007-08-16 | Arcadyan Technology Corporation | System and method for configuring an electronic device to access to a wireless local area network |
| US7844920B2 (en)* | 2006-02-09 | 2010-11-30 | Sony Corporation | Modular entertainment system with movable components |
| US20070250445A1 (en)* | 2006-04-19 | 2007-10-25 | Napster Llc | Real time, on the fly, distribution of pre-selected electronic content |
| US20070261095A1 (en)* | 2006-05-05 | 2007-11-08 | Petrisor Gregory C | On the go video content distribution system |
| US7656849B1 (en) | 2006-05-31 | 2010-02-02 | Qurio Holdings, Inc. | System and method for bypassing an access point in a local area network for P2P data transfers |
| US8942618B2 (en)* | 2006-06-05 | 2015-01-27 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and system for moving and playing content from home-based system to mobile system |
| US8102863B1 (en) | 2006-06-27 | 2012-01-24 | Qurio Holdings, Inc. | High-speed WAN to wireless LAN gateway |
| EP2035762B1 (en)* | 2006-07-04 | 2012-09-05 | LG Electronics, Inc. | Refrigerator with wireless communication function |
| KR101356737B1 (en)* | 2006-07-12 | 2014-02-03 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for updating decoder configuration |
| BRPI0715499A2 (en)* | 2006-07-21 | 2014-07-01 | Thales Avionics Inc | PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT FOR A FLIGHT ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM |
| US8508673B2 (en)* | 2006-08-08 | 2013-08-13 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | User interface device and method for presenting viewing content |
| US8997159B2 (en) | 2006-09-08 | 2015-03-31 | Virgin America Inc. | On-board vessel entertainment system |
| US8184974B2 (en)* | 2006-09-11 | 2012-05-22 | Lumexis Corporation | Fiber-to-the-seat (FTTS) fiber distribution system |
| WO2008045324A2 (en) | 2006-10-11 | 2008-04-17 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Wireless network in a vehicle |
| US20080092186A1 (en)* | 2006-10-12 | 2008-04-17 | Avion Engineering Services Inc Dba Avion Partners | Video display with built-in optical drive |
| US7974293B2 (en)* | 2006-11-06 | 2011-07-05 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and apparatus for transcrypting or transcoding content for a terminal within a vehicle |
| US20080106376A1 (en)* | 2006-11-06 | 2008-05-08 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and apparatus for purchasing content from a terminal within a vehicle |
| US20080109558A1 (en)* | 2006-11-06 | 2008-05-08 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing independent content to multiple terminals within a vehicle with modifiable playback stream features |
| US8386126B2 (en)* | 2006-11-06 | 2013-02-26 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing independent content to multiple terminals within a vehicle |
| US7925216B2 (en)* | 2006-11-10 | 2011-04-12 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Mobile receiver solutions for accessing broadband video-on-demand services |
| WO2008064450A1 (en)* | 2006-11-30 | 2008-06-05 | Bce Inc. | Method, system and apparatus for logging into a communication client |
| FR2909475B1 (en)* | 2006-12-01 | 2009-03-06 | Thales Sa | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONFIGURATION AND MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT OF EQUIPMENT |
| JP4828390B2 (en)* | 2006-12-11 | 2011-11-30 | アルパイン株式会社 | In-vehicle audio apparatus and method for imaging and transmitting information of in-vehicle audio apparatus |
| US20080142585A1 (en)* | 2006-12-19 | 2008-06-19 | Thales Avionics, Inc. | System and method for tendering payment on a vehicle, such as an aircraft |
| DE102006061714A1 (en)* | 2006-12-28 | 2008-07-03 | Airbus Deutschland Gmbh | Vehicle i.e. aircraft, seat, has electronic interface unit, where data i.e. status information and/or passenger requests, are communicated to interface unit using connection and are stored in interface unit for information retrieval |
| TW200838309A (en)* | 2007-03-14 | 2008-09-16 | Funtoro Inc | System of independent video/audio playing and sharing by sections and method thereof |
| GB2447672B (en) | 2007-03-21 | 2011-12-14 | Ford Global Tech Llc | Vehicle manoeuvring aids |
| EP1973299A1 (en)* | 2007-03-23 | 2008-09-24 | Lufthansa Technik AG | Wireless controllable electrical functional unit for an aircraft |
| FR2914450B1 (en)* | 2007-03-30 | 2009-07-10 | Airbus Sas | AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM COMPRISING AN AIRCRAFT TERMINAL AND A PORTABLE RESOURCE |
| US8169946B2 (en) | 2007-03-30 | 2012-05-01 | Livetv, Llc | Aircraft communications system with hard handoff and associated methods |
| US20080249376A1 (en)* | 2007-04-09 | 2008-10-09 | Siemens Medical Solutions Usa, Inc. | Distributed Patient Monitoring System |
| DE102007029671A1 (en)* | 2007-06-27 | 2009-01-08 | Airbus Deutschland Gmbh | Device and method for detecting a communication channel |
| US9009210B2 (en)* | 2007-08-15 | 2015-04-14 | Sony Corporation | Distribution of multimedia files using a transportation provider wireless device |
| US20090055419A1 (en)* | 2007-08-21 | 2009-02-26 | At&T Labs, Inc | Method and system for content resyndication |
| US7983206B2 (en)* | 2007-09-10 | 2011-07-19 | Robert Bosch Gmbh | Integrated system and method for interactive communication and multimedia support in vehicles |
| US20090070831A1 (en)* | 2007-09-11 | 2009-03-12 | Lutz Bardehle | Interactive Hospitality System for an Exchange of Data |
| US9407034B2 (en) | 2007-09-14 | 2016-08-02 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | Communication connector system and method |
| WO2009036375A1 (en)* | 2007-09-14 | 2009-03-19 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | Portable user control device and method for vehicle information systems |
| JP2010539814A (en)* | 2007-09-14 | 2010-12-16 | パナソニック・アビオニクス・コーポレイション | Media device interface system and method for vehicle information system |
| EP2201773A1 (en)* | 2007-09-14 | 2010-06-30 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | System and method for interfacing a portable media device with a vehicle information system |
| US20090138920A1 (en)* | 2007-09-20 | 2009-05-28 | Atul Mansukhlal Anandpura | Video display device and method for communication of multiple audio and video selection of an aircraft |
| US8326282B2 (en) | 2007-09-24 | 2012-12-04 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | System and method for receiving broadcast content on a mobile platform during travel |
| JP2010541504A (en)* | 2007-10-05 | 2010-12-24 | パナソニック・アビオニクス・コーポレイション | System and method for outputting advertising content to a moving mobile platform |
| US9065673B2 (en)* | 2007-12-17 | 2015-06-23 | Broadcom Corporation | Method and system for a centralized vehicular electronics system utilizing ethernet with audio video bridging |
| DE102008008452A1 (en)* | 2008-02-07 | 2009-08-13 | Art+Com Ag | System for transmitting information to persons in the area of an airport, method for transmitting information and a personal terminal |
| US20090202241A1 (en)* | 2008-02-08 | 2009-08-13 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | Optical Communication System And Method For Distributing Content Aboard A Mobile Platform During Travel |
| US8543721B2 (en)* | 2008-02-19 | 2013-09-24 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | System and method for managing media content |
| DE102008018071B4 (en)* | 2008-03-31 | 2022-03-31 | Lufthansa Technik Aktiengesellschaft | Arrangement for controlling functions of an aircraft seat |
| JP2011135117A (en)* | 2008-04-21 | 2011-07-07 | Panasonic Corp | Av content view system |
| USD600680S1 (en) | 2008-05-20 | 2009-09-22 | Honeywell International Inc. | Cup holder docking station |
| US8145821B2 (en)* | 2008-05-20 | 2012-03-27 | Honeywell International Inc. | Docking station for portable electronic devices |
| US8261309B2 (en)* | 2008-06-09 | 2012-09-04 | Audiovox Corporation | Mobile entertainment system with retrieval of audio and video media content from a remote library |
| US8203657B2 (en)* | 2008-07-11 | 2012-06-19 | Audiovox Corporation | Inductively powered mobile entertainment system |
| US8734256B2 (en) | 2008-09-15 | 2014-05-27 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | System and method for hosting multiplayer games |
| US20100138581A1 (en)* | 2008-12-02 | 2010-06-03 | Randall Bird | Universal Docking System |
| US8064616B2 (en)* | 2008-12-09 | 2011-11-22 | Panasonic Automotive Systems Company Of America | Infotainment system with surround sound media navigation |
| US8171517B2 (en) | 2008-12-12 | 2012-05-01 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and method for distributing media content to vehicles |
| US8509990B2 (en) | 2008-12-15 | 2013-08-13 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | System and method for performing real-time data analysis |
| US8326221B2 (en)* | 2009-02-09 | 2012-12-04 | Apple Inc. | Portable electronic device with proximity-based content synchronization |
| EP2227005B1 (en)* | 2009-03-04 | 2018-05-02 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Remote controller with multimedia content display and control method thereof |
| EP2234297A1 (en)* | 2009-03-26 | 2010-09-29 | novero GmbH | Method for operating a portable mobile internet media recorder |
| US8648826B2 (en)* | 2009-04-17 | 2014-02-11 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Display device |
| GB0908038D0 (en) | 2009-05-11 | 2009-06-24 | Bluebox Avionics Ltd | A content distribution system and method |
| US8554831B2 (en)* | 2009-06-02 | 2013-10-08 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | System and method for executing hands-free operation of an electronic calendar application within a vehicle |
| US8240631B2 (en)* | 2009-06-04 | 2012-08-14 | Honeywell International Inc. | Apparatus for controlling liquid in a cup holder |
| JPWO2010140376A1 (en)* | 2009-06-05 | 2012-11-15 | パナソニック株式会社 | Content upload system and content distribution server |
| EP2441229B1 (en) | 2009-06-11 | 2020-05-06 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | System and method for providing security aboard a moving platform |
| WO2011017233A1 (en) | 2009-08-06 | 2011-02-10 | Lumexis Corporation | Serial networking fiber-to-the-seat inflight entertainment system |
| WO2011020071A1 (en)* | 2009-08-14 | 2011-02-17 | Lumexis Corp. | Video display unit docking assembly for fiber-to-the-screen inflight entertainment system |
| US8416698B2 (en) | 2009-08-20 | 2013-04-09 | Lumexis Corporation | Serial networking fiber optic inflight entertainment system network configuration |
| US20110141057A1 (en)* | 2009-10-02 | 2011-06-16 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | System and Method for Interacting with Information Systems |
| US9016627B2 (en)* | 2009-10-02 | 2015-04-28 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | System and method for providing an integrated user interface system at a seat |
| US8661478B2 (en)* | 2009-11-30 | 2014-02-25 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Noise reduction apparatus with isolation transformers in an internet protocol television system |
| JP5602876B2 (en) | 2009-12-14 | 2014-10-08 | パナソニック・アビオニクス・コーポレイション | System and method for dynamic power management |
| FR2954885B1 (en)* | 2009-12-24 | 2012-03-02 | Eutelsat Sa | SYSTEM FOR RECEIVING SATELLITE DATA |
| US20110162016A1 (en)* | 2009-12-31 | 2011-06-30 | Petrisor Gregory C | Inflight entertainment system video display synchronization |
| US8594280B1 (en) | 2010-02-03 | 2013-11-26 | Zvi Or-Bach | Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu |
| US9001819B1 (en) | 2010-02-18 | 2015-04-07 | Zvi Or-Bach | Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu |
| US8406388B2 (en) | 2011-07-18 | 2013-03-26 | Zvi Or-Bach | Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu |
| US8553859B1 (en) | 2010-02-03 | 2013-10-08 | Tal Lavian | Device and method for providing enhanced telephony |
| US8572303B2 (en)* | 2010-02-03 | 2013-10-29 | Tal Lavian | Portable universal communication device |
| US8625756B1 (en) | 2010-02-03 | 2014-01-07 | Tal Lavian | Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu |
| US8681951B1 (en) | 2010-02-03 | 2014-03-25 | Tal Lavian | Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu |
| US8548135B1 (en) | 2010-02-03 | 2013-10-01 | Tal Lavian | Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu |
| US8548131B1 (en) | 2010-02-03 | 2013-10-01 | Tal Lavian | Systems and methods for communicating with an interactive voice response system |
| US8687777B1 (en) | 2010-02-03 | 2014-04-01 | Tal Lavian | Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu |
| US8903073B2 (en) | 2011-07-20 | 2014-12-02 | Zvi Or-Bach | Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu |
| US8537989B1 (en) | 2010-02-03 | 2013-09-17 | Tal Lavian | Device and method for providing enhanced telephony |
| US8879698B1 (en) | 2010-02-03 | 2014-11-04 | Tal Lavian | Device and method for providing enhanced telephony |
| US8346310B2 (en) | 2010-02-05 | 2013-01-01 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Method and apparatus for communication between a vehicle based computing system and a remote application |
| DE102010008818A1 (en)* | 2010-02-22 | 2011-08-25 | Continental Automotive GmbH, 30165 | Method for activating a network component of a vehicle network system |
| TW201133386A (en)* | 2010-03-22 | 2011-10-01 | Vmax Telecom Co Ltd | Interactive mobile service system |
| US9223529B1 (en) | 2010-03-26 | 2015-12-29 | Open Invention Network, Llc | Method and apparatus of processing information in an environment with multiple devices and limited resources |
| CN102971214B (en) | 2010-04-27 | 2016-01-13 | 松下航空电子公司 | Connection support system and method for user interface device |
| US8738737B2 (en)* | 2010-04-28 | 2014-05-27 | Myine Electronics, LLC | Portable media player for recording and playback of streamed digital content |
| US9094436B2 (en) | 2010-05-27 | 2015-07-28 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Methods and systems for interfacing with a vehicle computing system over multiple data transport channels |
| US9143807B2 (en)* | 2010-06-22 | 2015-09-22 | Livetv, Llc | Registration of a personal electronic device (PED) with an aircraft IFE system using PED generated registration token images and associated methods |
| US9143732B2 (en) | 2010-06-22 | 2015-09-22 | Livetv, Llc | Aircraft IFE system cooperating with a personal electronic device (PED) operating as a commerce device and associated methods |
| US9516352B2 (en)* | 2010-06-22 | 2016-12-06 | Livetv, Llc | Registration of a personal electronic device (PED) with an aircraft IFE system using a PED generated registration identifier and associated methods |
| US20110313826A1 (en) | 2010-06-22 | 2011-12-22 | Livetv Llc | Personal electronic device (ped) operating as a commerce device onboard an aircraft and associated methods |
| US9003454B2 (en) | 2010-06-22 | 2015-04-07 | Livetv, Llc | Registration of a PED with an aircraft IFE system using an aircraft generated registration identifier and associated methods |
| US9143738B2 (en) | 2010-06-22 | 2015-09-22 | Livetv, Llc | Aircraft IFE system interfacing with a personal electronic device (PED) for redeeming an in-flight coupon and associated methods |
| US8806521B2 (en) | 2010-06-22 | 2014-08-12 | Livetv, Llc | Personal electronic device (PED) cooperating with an aircraft IFE system for redeeming an in-flight coupon and associated methods |
| US8856838B2 (en) | 2010-06-22 | 2014-10-07 | Livetv, Llc | Registration of a personal electronic device (PED) with an aircraft IFE system using aircraft generated registration token images and associated methods |
| US8473575B2 (en)* | 2010-08-26 | 2013-06-25 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Methods and apparatus for remote activation of an application |
| US8000454B1 (en)* | 2010-09-10 | 2011-08-16 | Zvi Or-Bach | Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu |
| WO2012034111A1 (en)* | 2010-09-10 | 2012-03-15 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | Integrated user interface system and method |
| US10163273B2 (en) | 2010-09-28 | 2018-12-25 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Method and system for operating mobile applications in a vehicle |
| USD669873S1 (en) | 2010-10-01 | 2012-10-30 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | Integrated seatback display system |
| EP2471710A1 (en)* | 2010-11-15 | 2012-07-04 | Nigel Greig | Media distribution system |
| US8560739B2 (en) | 2010-12-28 | 2013-10-15 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Methods and systems for regulating operation of one or more functions of a mobile application |
| US9060202B2 (en) | 2010-12-29 | 2015-06-16 | Thales Avionics, Inc. | Controlling display of content on networked passenger controllers and video display units |
| US8689269B2 (en) | 2011-01-27 | 2014-04-01 | Netflix, Inc. | Insertion points for streaming video autoplay |
| US9555832B2 (en) | 2011-04-19 | 2017-01-31 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Display system utilizing vehicle and trailer dynamics |
| US9969428B2 (en) | 2011-04-19 | 2018-05-15 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Trailer backup assist system with waypoint selection |
| US9854209B2 (en) | 2011-04-19 | 2017-12-26 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Display system utilizing vehicle and trailer dynamics |
| US9500497B2 (en) | 2011-04-19 | 2016-11-22 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | System and method of inputting an intended backing path |
| US9926008B2 (en) | 2011-04-19 | 2018-03-27 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Trailer backup assist system with waypoint selection |
| US9248858B2 (en) | 2011-04-19 | 2016-02-02 | Ford Global Technologies | Trailer backup assist system |
| US9506774B2 (en) | 2011-04-19 | 2016-11-29 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Method of inputting a path for a vehicle and trailer |
| US9374562B2 (en) | 2011-04-19 | 2016-06-21 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | System and method for calculating a horizontal camera to target distance |
| US9290204B2 (en) | 2011-04-19 | 2016-03-22 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Hitch angle monitoring system and method |
| WO2012145556A2 (en)* | 2011-04-20 | 2012-10-26 | Enovadent Technologies, Inc. | Centralized online media platform for use with visual display systems |
| US20120310445A1 (en) | 2011-06-02 | 2012-12-06 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Methods and Apparatus for Wireless Device Application Having Vehicle Interaction |
| US9749673B2 (en) | 2011-06-03 | 2017-08-29 | Amg Ip, Llc | Systems and methods for providing multiple audio streams in a venue |
| US20130127620A1 (en) | 2011-06-20 | 2013-05-23 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Management of patient fall risk |
| US20130005336A1 (en)* | 2011-06-28 | 2013-01-03 | Loren Thomas Ayotte | Passenger mobile station registration with a vehicle communications system using passenger information |
| US10546481B2 (en) | 2011-07-12 | 2020-01-28 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Method for determining whether an individual leaves a prescribed virtual perimeter |
| US9489820B1 (en) | 2011-07-12 | 2016-11-08 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Method for determining whether an individual leaves a prescribed virtual perimeter |
| US9741227B1 (en) | 2011-07-12 | 2017-08-22 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Method and process for determining whether an individual suffers a fall requiring assistance |
| US9529752B2 (en) | 2011-07-25 | 2016-12-27 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Method and apparatus for communication between a vehicle based computing system and a remote application |
| US8694203B2 (en) | 2011-09-12 | 2014-04-08 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Method and apparatus for vehicle process emulation and configuration on a mobile platform |
| DE102011083626B4 (en)* | 2011-09-28 | 2023-05-25 | Airbus Operations Gmbh | Cover for a seat in an aircraft or spacecraft |
| WO2013061053A1 (en)* | 2011-10-24 | 2013-05-02 | Omnifone Ltd | Method, system and computer program product for navigating digital media content |
| US9584846B2 (en)* | 2011-12-16 | 2017-02-28 | Thales Avionics, Inc. | In-flight entertainment system with wireless handheld controller and cradle having controlled locking and status reporting to crew |
| WO2013107710A2 (en)* | 2012-01-20 | 2013-07-25 | Thomson Licensing | In-flight entertainment system |
| DE102012201786A1 (en)* | 2012-02-07 | 2013-08-08 | Siemens Ag Österreich | Method for outputting user-specific information content in a means of transport |
| US8495236B1 (en) | 2012-02-29 | 2013-07-23 | ExXothermic, Inc. | Interaction of user devices and servers in an environment |
| US8731148B1 (en) | 2012-03-02 | 2014-05-20 | Tal Lavian | Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu |
| US8867708B1 (en) | 2012-03-02 | 2014-10-21 | Tal Lavian | Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu |
| US20130238439A1 (en)* | 2012-03-09 | 2013-09-12 | Manjirnath Chatterjee | System And Method For Providing Content To Vehicles |
| GB201205275D0 (en)* | 2012-03-26 | 2012-05-09 | Soundchip Sa | Media/communications system |
| US9653039B2 (en)* | 2012-03-29 | 2017-05-16 | Thinklogical, Llc | Method, apparatus and system for changing to which remote device a local device is in communication via a communication medium through use of interruption of the communication medium |
| US8924257B2 (en)* | 2012-05-16 | 2014-12-30 | Zone 24x7 | Generic apparatus to provide RFID reading functionality to computing device with no built in RFID reader |
| DE102012210754A1 (en)* | 2012-06-25 | 2014-01-02 | Lufthansa Systems Ag | Seat for a vehicle as well as vehicle |
| US9078088B2 (en) | 2012-07-12 | 2015-07-07 | Myine Electronics, Inc. | System and method for transport layer agnostic programming interface for use with smartphones |
| US9277249B2 (en) | 2012-07-24 | 2016-03-01 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and system for providing on-demand and pay-per-view content through a hospitality system |
| WO2014028766A1 (en)* | 2012-08-15 | 2014-02-20 | Hendricks Investment Holdings, Llc | Methods and systems for providing programming to a smart device |
| US20140191096A1 (en)* | 2013-01-04 | 2014-07-10 | Garmin Switzerland Gmbh | Magnetic device mount |
| US9355396B1 (en)* | 2013-01-07 | 2016-05-31 | American Airlines, Inc. | System and method for providing goods and services during vehicular travel by correlating first and second identifications of a seat on a vehicle using a computer server positioned on the vehicle and a near field communication (NFC) tag positioned on the vehicle and associated with the seat |
| US9218805B2 (en) | 2013-01-18 | 2015-12-22 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Method and apparatus for incoming audio processing |
| US8981916B2 (en) | 2013-01-28 | 2015-03-17 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Method and apparatus for customized vehicle sound-based location |
| US11021269B2 (en) | 2013-01-31 | 2021-06-01 | Bombardier Inc. | System and method for representing a location of a fault in an aircraft cabin |
| US10222766B2 (en) | 2013-01-31 | 2019-03-05 | Bombardier Inc. | System and method of operation of the system incorporating a graphical user interface on a mobile computing device for a member of a flight crew in a vehicle cabin |
| US10452243B2 (en) | 2013-01-31 | 2019-10-22 | Bombardier Inc. | System and method of operation of the system incorporating a graphical user interface in a side ledge of a vehicle cabin |
| US9650141B2 (en) | 2013-01-31 | 2017-05-16 | Bombardier Inc. | System and a method of operation of the system incorporating a graphical user interface in a bulkhead of a vehicle cabin |
| US9205914B1 (en) | 2013-01-31 | 2015-12-08 | Bombardier Inc. | Distributed architecture for a system and a method of operation of the system incorporating a graphical user interface controlling functions in a vehicle cabin |
| US9592851B2 (en) | 2013-02-04 | 2017-03-14 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Control modes for a trailer backup assist system |
| US9511799B2 (en) | 2013-02-04 | 2016-12-06 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Object avoidance for a trailer backup assist system |
| US9146899B2 (en) | 2013-02-07 | 2015-09-29 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | System and method of arbitrating audio source streamed by mobile applications |
| US9538339B2 (en) | 2013-02-07 | 2017-01-03 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Method and system of outputting in a vehicle data streamed by mobile applications |
| US9042603B2 (en) | 2013-02-25 | 2015-05-26 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Method and apparatus for estimating the distance from trailer axle to tongue |
| DK177618B1 (en)* | 2013-03-13 | 2013-12-09 | Aporta Digital Aps | Robust mobile media server and method for providing media to passengers in a public transport vehicle |
| CA2841685C (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2021-05-18 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | System and method for providing multi-mode wireless data distribution |
| US8719064B1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-05-06 | Kwivo, LLC | Administration and customization platform for in-vehicle services |
| US8751646B1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-06-10 | Kwivo, LLC | In-vehicle services through attendant devices, user-provided devices, and/or an in-vehicle computer system |
| US9479601B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-10-25 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Method and apparatus for seamless application portability over multiple environments |
| US8972598B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-03-03 | Kwivo, LLC | In-vehicle services for user-provided devices |
| US8744926B1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-06-03 | Kwivo, LLC | Pre-transit and post-transit facilitation of in-vehicle services |
| US8933822B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-01-13 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Method and apparatus for extra-vehicular emergency updates following an accident |
| KR20140135848A (en)* | 2013-05-07 | 2014-11-27 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Display appratus time setting method, method for setting time of display apparatus by remote controller, display apparatus and remote controler |
| US9197336B2 (en) | 2013-05-08 | 2015-11-24 | Myine Electronics, Inc. | System and method for providing customized audio content to a vehicle radio system using a smartphone |
| US9047089B2 (en)* | 2013-05-20 | 2015-06-02 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Energy-saving systems and methods for updating media information |
| US9241355B2 (en) | 2013-09-30 | 2016-01-19 | Sonos, Inc. | Media system access via cellular network |
| US9352777B2 (en) | 2013-10-31 | 2016-05-31 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Methods and systems for configuring of a trailer maneuvering system |
| US20150170116A1 (en)* | 2013-11-26 | 2015-06-18 | Transcast, Inc. | Online self contained portable interactive transactional system |
| US10096223B1 (en) | 2013-12-18 | 2018-10-09 | Cerner Innovication, Inc. | Method and process for determining whether an individual suffers a fall requiring assistance |
| US10225522B1 (en) | 2014-01-17 | 2019-03-05 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Method and system for determining whether an individual takes appropriate measures to prevent the spread of healthcare-associated infections |
| US9729833B1 (en) | 2014-01-17 | 2017-08-08 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Method and system for determining whether an individual takes appropriate measures to prevent the spread of healthcare-associated infections along with centralized monitoring |
| US10078956B1 (en) | 2014-01-17 | 2018-09-18 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Method and system for determining whether an individual takes appropriate measures to prevent the spread of healthcare-associated infections |
| JP2015163943A (en)* | 2014-01-29 | 2015-09-10 | パナソニックＩｐマネジメント株式会社 | Imaging apparatus |
| US9233710B2 (en) | 2014-03-06 | 2016-01-12 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Trailer backup assist system using gesture commands and method |
| US10438692B2 (en) | 2014-03-20 | 2019-10-08 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Privacy protection based on device presence |
| EP3134319A1 (en) | 2014-04-25 | 2017-03-01 | Bombardier Inc. | Aircraft angled conference table configuration |
| EP2942971B8 (en) | 2014-05-08 | 2019-07-17 | Icomera AB | Method and system for bandwidth constrained media streaming to a moving vehicle |
| EP3136655B1 (en)* | 2014-05-19 | 2019-09-11 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Multimedia display method, device and equipment |
| US9961373B2 (en)* | 2014-06-27 | 2018-05-01 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | Vehicle entertainment system |
| US9363566B2 (en) | 2014-09-16 | 2016-06-07 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method and system for prepositioning content and distributing content in a local distribution system |
| CN104219472B (en)* | 2014-09-24 | 2016-08-17 | 浙江容贝电子科技有限公司 | Mobile satellite television receiving system and receiving method |
| USD749052S1 (en) | 2014-09-24 | 2016-02-09 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | Display system for seatback mounting |
| USD753077S1 (en) | 2014-09-24 | 2016-04-05 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | Display system for seatback mounting |
| EP3002966B1 (en) | 2014-09-30 | 2019-09-18 | Airbus Operations GmbH | Wireless access for a mobile terminal to functional domains |
| FR3028246B1 (en)* | 2014-11-07 | 2018-03-23 | Airbus Group Sas | TRANSPORT DEVICE DOOR WITH DOOR OF A TRAVELER |
| US9522677B2 (en) | 2014-12-05 | 2016-12-20 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Mitigation of input device failure and mode management |
| US9533683B2 (en) | 2014-12-05 | 2017-01-03 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Sensor failure mitigation system and mode management |
| US10090068B2 (en) | 2014-12-23 | 2018-10-02 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Method and system for determining whether a monitored individual's hand(s) have entered a virtual safety zone |
| US10524722B2 (en) | 2014-12-26 | 2020-01-07 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Method and system for determining whether a caregiver takes appropriate measures to prevent patient bedsores |
| US11275757B2 (en) | 2015-02-13 | 2022-03-15 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Systems and methods for capturing data, creating billable information and outputting billable information |
| US10091463B1 (en) | 2015-02-16 | 2018-10-02 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Method for determining whether an individual enters a prescribed virtual zone using 3D blob detection |
| US9716735B2 (en)* | 2015-02-18 | 2017-07-25 | Viasat, Inc. | In-transport multi-channel media delivery |
| US9788021B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2017-10-10 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | Display system for a vehicle entertainment system |
| US9749662B2 (en) | 2015-03-27 | 2017-08-29 | Thales, Inc. | Aircraft communications system storing video content while airborne and associated methods |
| US9654807B2 (en) | 2015-03-27 | 2017-05-16 | Thales, Inc. | Aircraft communications system with adaptive streaming video and associated methods |
| US10070153B2 (en)* | 2015-03-27 | 2018-09-04 | Thales, Inc. | Aircraft communications system storing video content while on the ground and associated methods |
| US10342478B2 (en) | 2015-05-07 | 2019-07-09 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Method and system for determining whether a caretaker takes appropriate measures to prevent patient bedsores |
| EP3098711B1 (en)* | 2015-05-29 | 2019-11-27 | Amadeus S.A.S. | Airplane-to-ground communication |
| US9892611B1 (en) | 2015-06-01 | 2018-02-13 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Method for determining whether an individual enters a prescribed virtual zone using skeletal tracking and 3D blob detection |
| EP3107090B1 (en)* | 2015-06-18 | 2023-01-11 | Airbus Operations GmbH | Announcement signalling on board an aircraft |
| US9771082B2 (en) | 2015-08-13 | 2017-09-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | Reducing cognitive demand on a vehicle operator by generating passenger stimulus |
| US10133307B2 (en)* | 2015-08-28 | 2018-11-20 | Cigna Intellectual Property, Inc. | Dock for extending the utility of an electronic device |
| US9896130B2 (en) | 2015-09-11 | 2018-02-20 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Guidance system for a vehicle reversing a trailer along an intended backing path |
| DE102015224950A1 (en)* | 2015-12-11 | 2017-06-14 | Airbus Operations Gmbh | Technology for updating software on board an aircraft |
| US10063904B2 (en)* | 2015-12-30 | 2018-08-28 | Voxx International Corporation | Interchangeable rear seat infotainment system |
| US10614288B2 (en) | 2015-12-31 | 2020-04-07 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Methods and systems for detecting stroke symptoms |
| NL2016545B1 (en)* | 2016-04-04 | 2017-10-10 | Zodiac Aircatering Equipment Europe B V | Method and system for managing a fleet of galley containers. |
| MA44905A (en)* | 2016-04-05 | 2018-05-09 | Mi Group B V | FLIGHT INFORMATION SYSTEM AND PROCESS |
| US10171531B2 (en)* | 2016-04-13 | 2019-01-01 | Viasat, Inc. | Continuing electronic media entertainment after completion of travel segment |
| US10112646B2 (en) | 2016-05-05 | 2018-10-30 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Turn recovery human machine interface for trailer backup assist |
| USD819582S1 (en) | 2016-09-30 | 2018-06-05 | Pansonic Avionics Corporation | Display system for seatback mounting |
| US9955207B1 (en)* | 2016-11-17 | 2018-04-24 | Charles Warren Webster, Jr. | Interface for interchangeable entertainment systems |
| US9900645B1 (en)* | 2016-11-18 | 2018-02-20 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | Methods and systems for executing functions associated with objects on a transportation vehicle |
| US10147184B2 (en) | 2016-12-30 | 2018-12-04 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Seizure detection |
| EP3355216A1 (en)* | 2017-01-25 | 2018-08-01 | PaxLife GmbH & Co. KG | Device for providing a key for decrypting encrypted content |
| US11829981B2 (en)* | 2017-09-05 | 2023-11-28 | Symbol Technologies, Llc | Systems and methods for data capture device selection from within data capture device repository |
| WO2019088661A1 (en)* | 2017-10-30 | 2019-05-09 | 코오롱인더스트리 주식회사 | Device, system and method for providing service relating to advertising and product purchase by using artificial-intelligence technology |
| JP2020531987A (en)* | 2017-10-30 | 2020-11-05 | コーロン インダストリーズ インク | Devices, systems, and methods that use artificial intelligence technology to provide services related to advertising and product purchasing |
| US10643446B2 (en) | 2017-12-28 | 2020-05-05 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Utilizing artificial intelligence to detect objects or patient safety events in a patient room |
| US10482321B2 (en) | 2017-12-29 | 2019-11-19 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Methods and systems for identifying the crossing of a virtual barrier |
| USD924236S1 (en) | 2018-01-19 | 2021-07-06 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | Display system for mounting in a cabin |
| US12175497B1 (en)* | 2018-02-06 | 2024-12-24 | Ryan Don Hinkins | Media and travel system and method of use |
| US11195159B1 (en)* | 2018-08-31 | 2021-12-07 | American Airlines, Inc. | Systems and methods for payment processing during vehicular travel |
| JP7188975B2 (en)* | 2018-10-17 | 2022-12-13 | 任天堂株式会社 | Communication system, communication equipment, program and communication method |
| US10922936B2 (en) | 2018-11-06 | 2021-02-16 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Methods and systems for detecting prohibited objects |
| US11100459B2 (en)* | 2019-02-28 | 2021-08-24 | Caastle, Inc. | Systems and methods for article inventory transfer |
| US11230379B2 (en) | 2019-03-28 | 2022-01-25 | Betria Interactive, LLC | Organizing places of interest in-flight |
| US20200342040A1 (en)* | 2019-04-01 | 2020-10-29 | Global Onboard Partners, Llc | Onboard entertainment systems and methods |
| US11365007B2 (en)* | 2019-10-24 | 2022-06-21 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | Systems and methods for providing a wake-up user interface for a night mode on transportation vehicles |
| US12148512B2 (en) | 2019-12-31 | 2024-11-19 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | Patient safety using virtual observation |
| BR112022018772A2 (en)* | 2020-03-18 | 2022-11-22 | Viasat Inc | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING COMMUNICATION SESSIONS INSIDE A TRANSPORT VEHICLE |
| US11228789B2 (en)* | 2020-05-06 | 2022-01-18 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | Vehicle entertainment systems for commercial passenger vehicles |
| US20220138667A1 (en) | 2020-11-03 | 2022-05-05 | Toyota Motor North America, Inc. | Managing transport data expiration |
| US20230196925A1 (en)* | 2021-12-16 | 2023-06-22 | Thales Avionics, Inc. | Ground-based content curation platform distributing geographically-relevant content to aircraft inflight entertainment systems |
| US12267546B2 (en)* | 2023-02-14 | 2025-04-01 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | Creating localized wireless network zones for passengers on commercial passenger vehicles |
| KR102857325B1 (en)* | 2023-11-02 | 2025-09-09 | 엘아이지넥스원 주식회사 | Integrated visual display apparatus for aircraft bulkheads and its operating method |
| US20250265536A1 (en)* | 2024-02-15 | 2025-08-21 | American Honda Motor Co., Inc. | Systems, apparatuses and methods for a tiered structure to manage a chain of custody for package delivery |
Citations (94)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US3037812A (en)* | 1958-07-30 | 1962-06-05 | Benjamin F Monroe | Aircraft seat structure |
| US3980954A (en)* | 1975-09-25 | 1976-09-14 | Westinghouse Electric Corporation | Bidirectional communication system for electrical power networks |
| US4367488A (en)* | 1980-12-08 | 1983-01-04 | Sterling Television Presentations Inc. Video Data Systems Division | Data encoding for television |
| US4584603A (en)* | 1984-10-19 | 1986-04-22 | Harrison Elden D | Amusement and information system for use on a passenger carrier |
| US4742544A (en)* | 1984-07-09 | 1988-05-03 | Kupnicki Richard A | Television transmission network with scrambling and descrambling |
| US4774514A (en)* | 1984-07-20 | 1988-09-27 | Messerschmitt-Boelkow Blohm Gesellschaft Mit Beschraenkter Haftung | Method and apparatus for carrying out passenger-related and flight attendant-related functions in an airplane |
| US4866704A (en)* | 1988-03-16 | 1989-09-12 | California Institute Of Technology | Fiber optic voice/data network |
| US4866515A (en)* | 1987-01-30 | 1989-09-12 | Sony Corporation | Passenger service and entertainment system for supplying frequency-multiplexed video, audio, and television game software signals to passenger seat terminals |
| US4897714A (en)* | 1987-02-25 | 1990-01-30 | Sony Corporation | Passenger vehicle service system |
| US4958381A (en)* | 1987-02-17 | 1990-09-18 | Sony Corporation | Two way communication system |
| US5034808A (en)* | 1989-05-30 | 1991-07-23 | Murray Harold R | Unified automatic video and audio signal control and distribution system |
| US5123015A (en)* | 1990-12-20 | 1992-06-16 | Hughes Aircraft Company | Daisy chain multiplexer |
| US5151896A (en)* | 1990-09-21 | 1992-09-29 | Bowman Donald J | Modular digital telephone system with fully distributed local switching and control |
| US5208590A (en)* | 1991-09-20 | 1993-05-04 | Asinc, Inc. | Flight phase information display system for aircraft passengers |
| US5237659A (en)* | 1989-07-27 | 1993-08-17 | Bull S.A. | Gateway device for connecting a computer bus to a ring network |
| US5289272A (en)* | 1992-02-18 | 1994-02-22 | Hughes Aircraft Company | Combined data, audio and video distribution system in passenger aircraft |
| US5295089A (en)* | 1992-05-28 | 1994-03-15 | Emilio Ambasz | Soft, foldable consumer electronic products |
| US5311302A (en)* | 1992-07-02 | 1994-05-10 | Hughes Aircraft Company | Entertainment and data management system for passenger vehicle including individual seat interactive video terminals |
| US5311515A (en)* | 1992-02-07 | 1994-05-10 | Sim Ware, Incorporated | Method and apparatus for the control of local area network multi-station access units |
| US5325131A (en)* | 1993-05-03 | 1994-06-28 | Tektronix, Inc. | Multiformat television switcher |
| US5383178A (en)* | 1992-03-26 | 1995-01-17 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Network commentator |
| US5410754A (en)* | 1993-07-22 | 1995-04-25 | Minute Makers, Inc. | Bi-directional wire-line to local area network interface and method |
| US5481478A (en)* | 1994-06-03 | 1996-01-02 | Palmieri; Herman D. | Broadcast system for a facility |
| US5555466A (en)* | 1994-10-12 | 1996-09-10 | Asa Electronics Corporation | Vehicular audio/visual system having distribution box for connecting individual passenger monitors to multiple program sources |
| US5610822A (en)* | 1995-03-03 | 1997-03-11 | Trimble Navigation, Ltd. | Position-related multi-media presentation system |
| US5640022A (en)* | 1993-08-27 | 1997-06-17 | Sanyo Electric Co., Inc. | Quantum effect device |
| US5706353A (en)* | 1994-10-31 | 1998-01-06 | Sony Corporation | Recording and/or reproducing apparatus |
| US5709448A (en)* | 1996-09-09 | 1998-01-20 | General Motors Corporation | Seat back pocket light |
| US5745159A (en)* | 1995-05-11 | 1998-04-28 | The Boeing Company | Passenger aircraft entertainment distribution system having in-line signal conditioning |
| US5760819A (en)* | 1996-06-19 | 1998-06-02 | Hughes Electronics | Distribution of a large number of live television programs to individual passengers in an aircraft |
| US5790175A (en)* | 1996-06-19 | 1998-08-04 | Hughes Aircraft Company | Aircraft satellite television system for distributing television programming derived from direct broadcast satellites |
| US5790787A (en)* | 1994-06-02 | 1998-08-04 | Sony Corporation | Device for interfacing a CD-ROM player to an entertainment or information network and a network including such device |
| US5790423A (en)* | 1995-06-14 | 1998-08-04 | Audible, Inc. | Interactive audio transmission receiving and playback system |
| US5808660A (en)* | 1995-09-05 | 1998-09-15 | Sony Corporation | Video on-demand system with a plurality of reception apparatus connected in a daisy chain connection |
| US5889775A (en)* | 1995-08-07 | 1999-03-30 | Be Aerospace, Inc. | Multi-stage switch |
| US5889268A (en)* | 1987-12-28 | 1999-03-30 | Symbol Technologies, Inc. | Point-of-sale site with card reader |
| US5953429A (en)* | 1993-06-01 | 1999-09-14 | Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation | Integrated video and audio signal distribution system and method for use on commercial aircraft and other vehicles |
| US5959596A (en)* | 1993-06-24 | 1999-09-28 | Nintendo Co., Ltd. | Airline-based video game and communications system |
| US6014381A (en)* | 1996-09-13 | 2000-01-11 | Sony Corporation | System and method for distributing information throughout an aircraft |
| US6058288A (en)* | 1995-08-07 | 2000-05-02 | Sextant In-Flight Systems, Llc | Passenger service and entertainment system |
| US6078348A (en)* | 1996-06-17 | 2000-06-20 | Starsight Telecast Inc. | Television schedule system with enhanced features |
| US6177887B1 (en)* | 1999-07-06 | 2001-01-23 | George A. Jerome | Multi-passenger vehicle catering and entertainment system |
| US6201797B1 (en)* | 1997-12-12 | 2001-03-13 | At&T Wireless Services Inc. | High bandwidth delivery and internet access for airborne passengers |
| US6208307B1 (en)* | 2000-04-07 | 2001-03-27 | Live Tv, Inc. | Aircraft in-flight entertainment system having wideband antenna steering and associated methods |
| US6216065B1 (en)* | 1999-08-06 | 2001-04-10 | Bell Helicopter Textron Inc. | Method and system for creating an approach to a position on the ground from a location above the ground |
| US6249913B1 (en)* | 1998-10-09 | 2001-06-19 | General Dynamics Ots (Aerospace), Inc. | Aircraft data management system |
| US6278936B1 (en)* | 1993-05-18 | 2001-08-21 | Global Research Systems, Inc. | System and method for an advance notification system for monitoring and reporting proximity of a vehicle |
| US6338045B1 (en)* | 1998-01-20 | 2002-01-08 | John Charalambos Pappas | Apparatus for and method of managing and tracking activities and parts |
| US6345720B1 (en)* | 2000-12-11 | 2002-02-12 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Packaging tray |
| US20020059363A1 (en)* | 1996-09-12 | 2002-05-16 | Donald R. Katz | Digital information library and delivery system with logic for generating files targeting a playback device |
| US20020059584A1 (en)* | 2000-09-14 | 2002-05-16 | Ferman Ahmet Mufit | Audiovisual management system |
| US6390920B1 (en)* | 1999-06-18 | 2002-05-21 | Rockwell Collins, Inc. | Vehicle entertainment system having seat controller cards programmed to operate as both browser and server |
| US20020094829A1 (en)* | 1999-07-06 | 2002-07-18 | Rudolf Ritter | Information system for public transportation and corresponding communication method |
| US20020095680A1 (en)* | 2001-01-12 | 2002-07-18 | Davidson Robert J. | Personal movie storage module |
| US20030003899A1 (en)* | 2001-06-28 | 2003-01-02 | Shigeru Tashiro | Data broadcasting system, receiving terminal device, contents providing server, and contents providing method |
| US6507952B1 (en)* | 1999-05-25 | 2003-01-14 | Rockwell Collins, Inc. | Passenger entertainment system providing live video/audio programming derived from satellite broadcasts |
| US6507279B2 (en)* | 2001-06-06 | 2003-01-14 | Sensormatic Electronics Corporation | Complete integrated self-checkout system and method |
| US6519693B1 (en)* | 1989-08-23 | 2003-02-11 | Delta Beta, Pty, Ltd. | Method and system of program transmission optimization using a redundant transmission sequence |
| US6529706B1 (en)* | 1999-09-13 | 2003-03-04 | Rockwell Collins, Inc. | Aircraft satellite communications system for distributing internet service from direct broadcast satellites |
| US6538656B1 (en)* | 1999-11-09 | 2003-03-25 | Broadcom Corporation | Video and graphics system with a data transport processor |
| US6549754B1 (en)* | 1999-05-25 | 2003-04-15 | Rockwell Collins, Inc. | Passenger entertainment system having downconverter control signals and power supplied over output cables |
| US6574338B1 (en)* | 1996-11-15 | 2003-06-03 | Worldspace, Inc. | Information delivery system and method |
| US20030107248A1 (en)* | 2001-12-12 | 2003-06-12 | Sanford William C. | Aircraft passenger seat and in-flight entertainment integrated electronics |
| US20030126614A1 (en)* | 2001-12-27 | 2003-07-03 | Staiger Jay G. | Hybrid fiber optic and coaxial cable network node that contains a cable modem termination system |
| US6598227B1 (en)* | 1999-03-24 | 2003-07-22 | Rockwell Collins, Inc. | Vehicle entertainment system having multiple download channels |
| US6600418B2 (en)* | 2000-12-12 | 2003-07-29 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Object tracking and management system and method using radio-frequency identification tags |
| US6599812B1 (en)* | 1998-10-23 | 2003-07-29 | Stmicroelectronics S.R.L. | Manufacturing method for a thick oxide layer |
| US20030148736A1 (en)* | 1995-11-14 | 2003-08-07 | Harris Corporation | Wireless, frequency-agile spread spectrum ground link-based aircraft data communication system |
| US6609103B1 (en)* | 1998-07-20 | 2003-08-19 | Usa Technologies, Inc. | Electronic commerce terminal for facilitating incentive-based purchasing on transportation vehicles |
| US6693236B1 (en)* | 1999-12-28 | 2004-02-17 | Monkeymedia, Inc. | User interface for simultaneous management of owned and unowned inventory |
| US20040077308A1 (en)* | 2002-10-16 | 2004-04-22 | Sanford William C. | Wireless data transmission in between seat rows in aircraft |
| US6736315B2 (en)* | 1987-12-28 | 2004-05-18 | Symbol Technologies, Inc. | Point-of-sale system with real-time database access and printing of human-readable price information |
| US20040098475A1 (en)* | 2002-11-19 | 2004-05-20 | Newisys, Inc., A Delaware Corporation | Methods and apparatus for distributing system management signals |
| US6757712B1 (en)* | 1998-09-08 | 2004-06-29 | Tenzing Communications, Inc. | Communications systems for aircraft |
| US20040128688A1 (en)* | 2002-12-28 | 2004-07-01 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method for providing advertisement VOD services for mobile communication terminal |
| US6796495B2 (en)* | 2001-09-12 | 2004-09-28 | The Boeing Company | Seatback having removable interface for use in providing communication on-board a mobile platform |
| US20050044564A1 (en)* | 2003-06-04 | 2005-02-24 | Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation | System and method for downloading files |
| US6876905B2 (en)* | 2002-11-14 | 2005-04-05 | System And Software Enterprises, Inc. | Aircraft data transmission system for wireless communication of data between the aircraft and ground-based systems |
| US6892052B2 (en)* | 2002-03-26 | 2005-05-10 | Nokia Corporation | Radio frequency identification (RF-ID) based discovery for short range radio communication |
| US20050114894A1 (en)* | 2003-11-26 | 2005-05-26 | David Hoerl | System for video digitization and image correction for use with a computer management system |
| US20050132407A1 (en)* | 2003-12-15 | 2005-06-16 | Aircraft Protective Systems, Inc. | Detachable seat mounted audio-visual entertainment system with locally storable, selectable, and updatable content |
| US20050202785A1 (en)* | 2004-02-13 | 2005-09-15 | Meyer Thomas J. | Aircraft interior wireless communications system |
| US20060008256A1 (en)* | 2003-10-01 | 2006-01-12 | Khedouri Robert K | Audio visual player apparatus and system and method of content distribution using the same |
| US6990338B2 (en)* | 2001-06-11 | 2006-01-24 | The Boeing Company | Mobile wireless local area network and related methods |
| US20060032979A1 (en)* | 2004-06-30 | 2006-02-16 | The Boeing Company | Aircraft interior configuration detection system |
| US20060088001A1 (en)* | 2004-10-13 | 2006-04-27 | Airbus Deutschland Gmbh | Communication system for an aircraft |
| US7086081B2 (en)* | 2001-11-08 | 2006-08-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | Multi-terminal docking station system |
| US20060174285A1 (en)* | 2004-11-05 | 2006-08-03 | Thales Avionics, Inc. | In-flight entertainment system with hand-out passenger terminals |
| US7100187B2 (en)* | 2001-09-06 | 2006-08-29 | Airia Ltd. | Method and system for providing an audio/video in-route entertainment system |
| US20060217121A1 (en)* | 2005-03-25 | 2006-09-28 | Soliman Samir S | System and method for creating a wireless picocell |
| US7177638B2 (en)* | 2004-12-28 | 2007-02-13 | Live Tv, Llc | Aircraft in-flight entertainment system including digital radio service and associated methods |
| US7233958B2 (en)* | 2002-02-01 | 2007-06-19 | Sap Aktiengesellschaft | Communications in an item tracking system |
| US7483696B1 (en)* | 2004-11-29 | 2009-01-27 | Rockwell Collins, Inc. | Cellular wireless network for passengers cabins |
| US7496361B1 (en)* | 2004-07-19 | 2009-02-24 | Rockwell Collins, Inc. | Configurable cabin antenna system and placement process |
Family Cites Families (66)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US4890104A (en) | 1983-03-25 | 1989-12-26 | Nippondenso Co., Ltd. | Electronic map display system for use on vehicle |
| US4975696A (en) | 1987-03-23 | 1990-12-04 | Asinc, Inc. | Real-time flight and destination display for aircraft passengers |
| US5701582A (en) | 1989-08-23 | 1997-12-23 | Delta Beta Pty. Ltd. | Method and apparatus for efficient transmissions of programs |
| US5177616A (en) | 1991-12-02 | 1993-01-05 | Matsushita Avionics Systems | Stowable video display assembly |
| US6147696A (en) | 1993-06-24 | 2000-11-14 | Nintendo Co. Ltd. | Electronic entertainment and communication system |
| US5469363A (en) | 1994-05-19 | 1995-11-21 | Saliga; Thomas V. | Electronic tag with source certification capability |
| US5568484A (en) | 1994-12-22 | 1996-10-22 | Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation | Telecommunications system and method for use on commercial aircraft and other vehicles |
| US5640002A (en) | 1995-08-15 | 1997-06-17 | Ruppert; Jonathan Paul | Portable RF ID tag and barcode reader |
| FI101445B (en) | 1995-10-03 | 1998-06-15 | Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd | Mobile location system |
| US5835127A (en) | 1996-04-25 | 1998-11-10 | Sony Corporation | Integrated electronic system utilizing a universal interface to support telephony and other communication services |
| US5973722A (en) | 1996-09-16 | 1999-10-26 | Sony Corporation | Combined digital audio/video on demand and broadcast distribution system |
| US6504580B1 (en) | 1997-03-24 | 2003-01-07 | Evolve Products, Inc. | Non-Telephonic, non-remote controller, wireless information presentation device with advertising display |
| IL120684A (en) | 1997-04-16 | 2009-08-03 | Handelman Doron | Entertainment system |
| US7333863B1 (en)* | 1997-05-05 | 2008-02-19 | Warner Music Group, Inc. | Recording and playback control system |
| US5990928A (en) | 1997-05-30 | 1999-11-23 | Rockwell International Corporation | Method and apparatus for receiving broadcast entertainment transmissions at a moving receiver station |
| US5857869A (en) | 1997-06-23 | 1999-01-12 | Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation | Spring latch for use with cable connectors |
| FI110658B (en) | 1998-01-15 | 2003-02-28 | Nokia Corp | Improved positioning geometry and cell based positioning system |
| US6151497A (en) | 1998-02-12 | 2000-11-21 | Motorola, Inc. | Satellite based high bandwidth data broadcast |
| US6003008A (en) | 1998-03-20 | 1999-12-14 | Skyteller L.L.C. | Point of sale device |
| US6499027B1 (en) | 1998-05-26 | 2002-12-24 | Rockwell Collins, Inc. | System software architecture for a passenger entertainment system, method and article of manufacture |
| US6807538B1 (en) | 1998-05-26 | 2004-10-19 | Rockwell Collins | Passenger entertainment system, method and article of manufacture employing object oriented system software |
| US6129274A (en) | 1998-06-09 | 2000-10-10 | Fujitsu Limited | System and method for updating shopping transaction history using electronic personal digital shopping assistant |
| US6135549A (en) | 1998-08-14 | 2000-10-24 | Johnson Controls Technology Company | Vehicle seat with computer storage and work table |
| US6810527B1 (en)* | 1999-09-27 | 2004-10-26 | News America, Inc. | System and method for distribution and delivery of media context and other data to aircraft passengers |
| US8700459B2 (en) | 2000-04-28 | 2014-04-15 | Yisroel Lefkowitz | Method and apparatus for selling international travel tickets in combination with duty free goods |
| US20030093798A1 (en) | 2000-07-10 | 2003-05-15 | Michael Rogerson | Modular entertainment system configured for multiple broadband content delivery incorporating a distributed server |
| US6487540B1 (en) | 2000-07-25 | 2002-11-26 | In2M Corporation | Methods and systems for electronic receipt transmission and management |
| JP2002183625A (en)* | 2000-12-18 | 2002-06-28 | Nec Corp | Rental system of visual and audio contents |
| US6661353B1 (en) | 2001-03-15 | 2003-12-09 | Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation | Method for displaying interactive flight map information |
| ITTO20010296A1 (en)* | 2001-03-30 | 2002-09-30 | Telecom Italia Lab Spa | METHOD FOR THE TRANSMISSION OF LOCALIZATION DATA OF MOBILE APPARATUS FOR MOBILE TELEPHONY. |
| US7610602B2 (en)* | 2001-05-23 | 2009-10-27 | The Directv Group, Inc. | Method, system and computer program product for aircraft multimedia distribution |
| NZ530278A (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2006-06-30 | Tendskin Company | Topical composition containing a salicylate derivative for veterinary use in treating dermatological disorders |
| EP1474764A2 (en) | 2001-07-20 | 2004-11-10 | Ian C. W. Lovsin | System and method for enabling retail sales to international travellers |
| US6643510B2 (en) | 2001-08-29 | 2003-11-04 | The Boeing Company | Mobile platform real time availability and content scheduling system and method |
| CN1554191A (en) | 2001-09-11 | 2004-12-08 | ���º��յ���ϵͳ��˾ | In-flight seatback with pocket for PCU |
| US20050039208A1 (en) | 2001-10-12 | 2005-02-17 | General Dynamics Ots (Aerospace), Inc. | Wireless data communications system for a transportation vehicle |
| US6637484B1 (en) | 2001-10-31 | 2003-10-28 | Kerri Kraft | Mobile technology organizer handbag |
| JP4005355B2 (en)* | 2001-12-27 | 2007-11-07 | 日本電信電話株式会社 | Video on demand service provision system for aircraft passengers |
| US7114171B2 (en)* | 2002-05-14 | 2006-09-26 | Thales Avionics, Inc. | Method for controlling an in-flight entertainment system |
| US20050216938A1 (en) | 2002-05-14 | 2005-09-29 | Thales Avionics, Inc. | In-flight entertainment system with wireless communication among components |
| US20040139467A1 (en) | 2002-06-26 | 2004-07-15 | Michael Rogerson | Aircraft communication distribution system |
| US7769398B2 (en)* | 2002-11-15 | 2010-08-03 | The Boeing Company | Broadband wireless distribution system for mobile platform interior |
| JP2004199893A (en) | 2002-12-16 | 2004-07-15 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Cooking device |
| US20050055228A1 (en) | 2003-09-08 | 2005-03-10 | Aircraft Protective Systems, Inc. | Management method of in-flight entertainment device rentals having self-contained audio-visual presentations |
| EP1680739A2 (en)* | 2003-11-07 | 2006-07-19 | Computer Associates Think, Inc. | Method and system for software installation |
| US7857176B2 (en) | 2003-11-10 | 2010-12-28 | Audiovox Corporation | Seat mountable video system |
| US20050177763A1 (en) | 2004-02-06 | 2005-08-11 | Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation | System and method for improving network reliability |
| US20050193257A1 (en) | 2004-02-06 | 2005-09-01 | Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation | System and method for improving network reliability |
| BRPI0507676A (en) | 2004-02-17 | 2007-07-17 | Thales Avionics Inc | system and method using internet protocol (ip) sequencing to identify components of a passenger video information system (pfis) |
| US7474205B2 (en) | 2004-03-24 | 2009-01-06 | Richard Steven Trela | Stand-off vehicle under-carriage inspection and detection system for deterring vehicle bombers from a safe stand-off distance |
| US6971608B2 (en)* | 2004-04-02 | 2005-12-06 | The Boeing Company | Integrated transport system and method for overhead stowage and retrieval |
| US20050251798A1 (en)* | 2004-05-05 | 2005-11-10 | News, Iq, Inc. | System and method for inventory control and management |
| US7984190B2 (en) | 2004-05-07 | 2011-07-19 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | System and method for managing content on mobile platforms |
| KR101161046B1 (en) | 2004-06-15 | 2012-06-28 | 파나소닉 에이비아닉스 코포레이션 | Portable media device and method for presenting viewing content during travel |
| JP2006000840A (en) | 2004-06-16 | 2006-01-05 | Rarufu Corporation:Kk | Bath sterilizer |
| US7715783B2 (en) | 2004-11-05 | 2010-05-11 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | System and method for receiving broadcast content on a mobile platform during international travel |
| US7280825B2 (en) | 2004-12-28 | 2007-10-09 | Live Tv, Llc | Aircraft in-flight entertainment system including low power transceivers and associated methods |
| WO2006130215A1 (en) | 2005-03-29 | 2006-12-07 | Panasonic Avionics Corporation | System and method for routing communication signals via a data distribution network |
| JP4869333B2 (en) | 2005-04-19 | 2012-02-08 | パナソニック・アビオニクス・コーポレイション | System and method for displaying high quality video |
| US20060270373A1 (en) | 2005-05-27 | 2006-11-30 | Nasaco Electronics (Hong Kong) Ltd. | In-flight entertainment wireless audio transmitter/receiver system |
| US20070044126A1 (en) | 2005-08-18 | 2007-02-22 | Rockwell Collins, Inc. | Wireless video entertainment system |
| US7454203B2 (en) | 2005-09-29 | 2008-11-18 | Nextel Communications, Inc. | System and method for providing wireless services to aircraft passengers |
| US20080124054A1 (en) | 2006-09-19 | 2008-05-29 | Terence Bonar | Portable media player |
| US20080127278A1 (en) | 2006-09-19 | 2008-05-29 | Terence Bonar | Portable media player |
| US8635654B2 (en) | 2007-04-30 | 2014-01-21 | Thales Avionics, Inc. | Wireless audio distribution system and method for an in-flight entertainment system |
| US20090042651A1 (en) | 2007-08-06 | 2009-02-12 | Julian Prabhu | Mobile wireless entertainment system and network |
- 2005
- 2005-06-15KRKR1020067026708Apatent/KR101161046B1/ennot_activeExpired - Lifetime
- 2005-06-15WOPCT/US2005/021518patent/WO2005125207A2/enactiveApplication Filing
- 2005-06-15JPJP2007516790Apatent/JP5020072B2/ennot_activeExpired - Lifetime
- 2005-06-15CACA2568595Apatent/CA2568595C/ennot_activeExpired - Lifetime
- 2005-06-15USUS11/154,749patent/US7945934B2/enactiveActive
- 2005-06-15EPEP05762201Apatent/EP1774785B1/ennot_activeExpired - Lifetime
- 2009
- 2009-01-06USUS12/349,382patent/US8037500B2/ennot_activeExpired - Lifetime
- 2011
- 2011-05-13USUS13/107,762patent/US20110219407A1/ennot_activeAbandoned
- 2011-10-06USUS13/267,808patent/US20120030708A1/ennot_activeAbandoned
Patent Citations (99)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US3037812A (en)* | 1958-07-30 | 1962-06-05 | Benjamin F Monroe | Aircraft seat structure |
| US3980954A (en)* | 1975-09-25 | 1976-09-14 | Westinghouse Electric Corporation | Bidirectional communication system for electrical power networks |
| US4367488A (en)* | 1980-12-08 | 1983-01-04 | Sterling Television Presentations Inc. Video Data Systems Division | Data encoding for television |
| US4742544A (en)* | 1984-07-09 | 1988-05-03 | Kupnicki Richard A | Television transmission network with scrambling and descrambling |
| US4774514A (en)* | 1984-07-20 | 1988-09-27 | Messerschmitt-Boelkow Blohm Gesellschaft Mit Beschraenkter Haftung | Method and apparatus for carrying out passenger-related and flight attendant-related functions in an airplane |
| US4584603A (en)* | 1984-10-19 | 1986-04-22 | Harrison Elden D | Amusement and information system for use on a passenger carrier |
| US4866515A (en)* | 1987-01-30 | 1989-09-12 | Sony Corporation | Passenger service and entertainment system for supplying frequency-multiplexed video, audio, and television game software signals to passenger seat terminals |
| US4958381A (en)* | 1987-02-17 | 1990-09-18 | Sony Corporation | Two way communication system |
| US4897714A (en)* | 1987-02-25 | 1990-01-30 | Sony Corporation | Passenger vehicle service system |
| US6736315B2 (en)* | 1987-12-28 | 2004-05-18 | Symbol Technologies, Inc. | Point-of-sale system with real-time database access and printing of human-readable price information |
| US5889268A (en)* | 1987-12-28 | 1999-03-30 | Symbol Technologies, Inc. | Point-of-sale site with card reader |
| US4866704A (en)* | 1988-03-16 | 1989-09-12 | California Institute Of Technology | Fiber optic voice/data network |
| US5034808A (en)* | 1989-05-30 | 1991-07-23 | Murray Harold R | Unified automatic video and audio signal control and distribution system |
| US5237659A (en)* | 1989-07-27 | 1993-08-17 | Bull S.A. | Gateway device for connecting a computer bus to a ring network |
| US6519693B1 (en)* | 1989-08-23 | 2003-02-11 | Delta Beta, Pty, Ltd. | Method and system of program transmission optimization using a redundant transmission sequence |
| US5151896A (en)* | 1990-09-21 | 1992-09-29 | Bowman Donald J | Modular digital telephone system with fully distributed local switching and control |
| US5123015A (en)* | 1990-12-20 | 1992-06-16 | Hughes Aircraft Company | Daisy chain multiplexer |
| US5208590A (en)* | 1991-09-20 | 1993-05-04 | Asinc, Inc. | Flight phase information display system for aircraft passengers |
| US5311515A (en)* | 1992-02-07 | 1994-05-10 | Sim Ware, Incorporated | Method and apparatus for the control of local area network multi-station access units |
| US5289272A (en)* | 1992-02-18 | 1994-02-22 | Hughes Aircraft Company | Combined data, audio and video distribution system in passenger aircraft |
| US5383178A (en)* | 1992-03-26 | 1995-01-17 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Network commentator |
| US5295089A (en)* | 1992-05-28 | 1994-03-15 | Emilio Ambasz | Soft, foldable consumer electronic products |
| US5311302A (en)* | 1992-07-02 | 1994-05-10 | Hughes Aircraft Company | Entertainment and data management system for passenger vehicle including individual seat interactive video terminals |
| US5325131A (en)* | 1993-05-03 | 1994-06-28 | Tektronix, Inc. | Multiformat television switcher |
| US6278936B1 (en)* | 1993-05-18 | 2001-08-21 | Global Research Systems, Inc. | System and method for an advance notification system for monitoring and reporting proximity of a vehicle |
| US5953429A (en)* | 1993-06-01 | 1999-09-14 | Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation | Integrated video and audio signal distribution system and method for use on commercial aircraft and other vehicles |
| US5959596A (en)* | 1993-06-24 | 1999-09-28 | Nintendo Co., Ltd. | Airline-based video game and communications system |
| US5410754A (en)* | 1993-07-22 | 1995-04-25 | Minute Makers, Inc. | Bi-directional wire-line to local area network interface and method |
| US5640022A (en)* | 1993-08-27 | 1997-06-17 | Sanyo Electric Co., Inc. | Quantum effect device |
| US5790787A (en)* | 1994-06-02 | 1998-08-04 | Sony Corporation | Device for interfacing a CD-ROM player to an entertainment or information network and a network including such device |
| US5481478A (en)* | 1994-06-03 | 1996-01-02 | Palmieri; Herman D. | Broadcast system for a facility |
| US5555466A (en)* | 1994-10-12 | 1996-09-10 | Asa Electronics Corporation | Vehicular audio/visual system having distribution box for connecting individual passenger monitors to multiple program sources |
| US5706353A (en)* | 1994-10-31 | 1998-01-06 | Sony Corporation | Recording and/or reproducing apparatus |
| US5610822A (en)* | 1995-03-03 | 1997-03-11 | Trimble Navigation, Ltd. | Position-related multi-media presentation system |
| US5745159A (en)* | 1995-05-11 | 1998-04-28 | The Boeing Company | Passenger aircraft entertainment distribution system having in-line signal conditioning |
| US5790423A (en)* | 1995-06-14 | 1998-08-04 | Audible, Inc. | Interactive audio transmission receiving and playback system |
| US6058288A (en)* | 1995-08-07 | 2000-05-02 | Sextant In-Flight Systems, Llc | Passenger service and entertainment system |
| US5889775A (en)* | 1995-08-07 | 1999-03-30 | Be Aerospace, Inc. | Multi-stage switch |
| US5808660A (en)* | 1995-09-05 | 1998-09-15 | Sony Corporation | Video on-demand system with a plurality of reception apparatus connected in a daisy chain connection |
| US20030148736A1 (en)* | 1995-11-14 | 2003-08-07 | Harris Corporation | Wireless, frequency-agile spread spectrum ground link-based aircraft data communication system |
| US6078348A (en)* | 1996-06-17 | 2000-06-20 | Starsight Telecast Inc. | Television schedule system with enhanced features |
| US5790175A (en)* | 1996-06-19 | 1998-08-04 | Hughes Aircraft Company | Aircraft satellite television system for distributing television programming derived from direct broadcast satellites |
| US5760819A (en)* | 1996-06-19 | 1998-06-02 | Hughes Electronics | Distribution of a large number of live television programs to individual passengers in an aircraft |
| US5709448A (en)* | 1996-09-09 | 1998-01-20 | General Motors Corporation | Seat back pocket light |
| US20020059363A1 (en)* | 1996-09-12 | 2002-05-16 | Donald R. Katz | Digital information library and delivery system with logic for generating files targeting a playback device |
| US6014381A (en)* | 1996-09-13 | 2000-01-11 | Sony Corporation | System and method for distributing information throughout an aircraft |
| US6574338B1 (en)* | 1996-11-15 | 2003-06-03 | Worldspace, Inc. | Information delivery system and method |
| US6201797B1 (en)* | 1997-12-12 | 2001-03-13 | At&T Wireless Services Inc. | High bandwidth delivery and internet access for airborne passengers |
| US6338045B1 (en)* | 1998-01-20 | 2002-01-08 | John Charalambos Pappas | Apparatus for and method of managing and tracking activities and parts |
| US6622124B1 (en)* | 1998-07-20 | 2003-09-16 | Usa Technologies, Inc. | Method of transacting an electronic mail, an electronic commerce, and an electronic business transaction by an electronic commerce terminal operated on a transportation vehicle |
| US6609103B1 (en)* | 1998-07-20 | 2003-08-19 | Usa Technologies, Inc. | Electronic commerce terminal for facilitating incentive-based purchasing on transportation vehicles |
| US20040167967A1 (en)* | 1998-09-08 | 2004-08-26 | Tenzing Communications, Inc. | Communications systems for aircraft |
| US6757712B1 (en)* | 1998-09-08 | 2004-06-29 | Tenzing Communications, Inc. | Communications systems for aircraft |
| US6249913B1 (en)* | 1998-10-09 | 2001-06-19 | General Dynamics Ots (Aerospace), Inc. | Aircraft data management system |
| US6599812B1 (en)* | 1998-10-23 | 2003-07-29 | Stmicroelectronics S.R.L. | Manufacturing method for a thick oxide layer |
| US6598227B1 (en)* | 1999-03-24 | 2003-07-22 | Rockwell Collins, Inc. | Vehicle entertainment system having multiple download channels |
| US6507952B1 (en)* | 1999-05-25 | 2003-01-14 | Rockwell Collins, Inc. | Passenger entertainment system providing live video/audio programming derived from satellite broadcasts |
| US6549754B1 (en)* | 1999-05-25 | 2003-04-15 | Rockwell Collins, Inc. | Passenger entertainment system having downconverter control signals and power supplied over output cables |
| US6390920B1 (en)* | 1999-06-18 | 2002-05-21 | Rockwell Collins, Inc. | Vehicle entertainment system having seat controller cards programmed to operate as both browser and server |
| US20020094829A1 (en)* | 1999-07-06 | 2002-07-18 | Rudolf Ritter | Information system for public transportation and corresponding communication method |
| US6177887B1 (en)* | 1999-07-06 | 2001-01-23 | George A. Jerome | Multi-passenger vehicle catering and entertainment system |
| US6216065B1 (en)* | 1999-08-06 | 2001-04-10 | Bell Helicopter Textron Inc. | Method and system for creating an approach to a position on the ground from a location above the ground |
| US6529706B1 (en)* | 1999-09-13 | 2003-03-04 | Rockwell Collins, Inc. | Aircraft satellite communications system for distributing internet service from direct broadcast satellites |
| US6538656B1 (en)* | 1999-11-09 | 2003-03-25 | Broadcom Corporation | Video and graphics system with a data transport processor |
| US6693236B1 (en)* | 1999-12-28 | 2004-02-17 | Monkeymedia, Inc. | User interface for simultaneous management of owned and unowned inventory |
| US6208307B1 (en)* | 2000-04-07 | 2001-03-27 | Live Tv, Inc. | Aircraft in-flight entertainment system having wideband antenna steering and associated methods |
| US20020059584A1 (en)* | 2000-09-14 | 2002-05-16 | Ferman Ahmet Mufit | Audiovisual management system |
| US6345720B1 (en)* | 2000-12-11 | 2002-02-12 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Packaging tray |
| US6600418B2 (en)* | 2000-12-12 | 2003-07-29 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Object tracking and management system and method using radio-frequency identification tags |
| US20020095680A1 (en)* | 2001-01-12 | 2002-07-18 | Davidson Robert J. | Personal movie storage module |
| US6507279B2 (en)* | 2001-06-06 | 2003-01-14 | Sensormatic Electronics Corporation | Complete integrated self-checkout system and method |
| US6990338B2 (en)* | 2001-06-11 | 2006-01-24 | The Boeing Company | Mobile wireless local area network and related methods |
| US20030003899A1 (en)* | 2001-06-28 | 2003-01-02 | Shigeru Tashiro | Data broadcasting system, receiving terminal device, contents providing server, and contents providing method |
| US7100187B2 (en)* | 2001-09-06 | 2006-08-29 | Airia Ltd. | Method and system for providing an audio/video in-route entertainment system |
| US6796495B2 (en)* | 2001-09-12 | 2004-09-28 | The Boeing Company | Seatback having removable interface for use in providing communication on-board a mobile platform |
| US7086081B2 (en)* | 2001-11-08 | 2006-08-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | Multi-terminal docking station system |
| US20040183346A1 (en)* | 2001-12-12 | 2004-09-23 | Sanford William C. | Aircraft passenger seat and in-flight entertainment integrated electronics |
| US20030107248A1 (en)* | 2001-12-12 | 2003-06-12 | Sanford William C. | Aircraft passenger seat and in-flight entertainment integrated electronics |
| US7036889B2 (en)* | 2001-12-12 | 2006-05-02 | The Boeing Company | Aircraft passenger seat and in-flight entertainment integrated electronics |
| US6899390B2 (en)* | 2001-12-12 | 2005-05-31 | The Boeing Company | Aircraft passenger seat and in-flight entertainment integrated electronics |
| US20030126614A1 (en)* | 2001-12-27 | 2003-07-03 | Staiger Jay G. | Hybrid fiber optic and coaxial cable network node that contains a cable modem termination system |
| US7233958B2 (en)* | 2002-02-01 | 2007-06-19 | Sap Aktiengesellschaft | Communications in an item tracking system |
| US6892052B2 (en)* | 2002-03-26 | 2005-05-10 | Nokia Corporation | Radio frequency identification (RF-ID) based discovery for short range radio communication |
| US20040077308A1 (en)* | 2002-10-16 | 2004-04-22 | Sanford William C. | Wireless data transmission in between seat rows in aircraft |
| US6876905B2 (en)* | 2002-11-14 | 2005-04-05 | System And Software Enterprises, Inc. | Aircraft data transmission system for wireless communication of data between the aircraft and ground-based systems |
| US20040098475A1 (en)* | 2002-11-19 | 2004-05-20 | Newisys, Inc., A Delaware Corporation | Methods and apparatus for distributing system management signals |
| US20040128688A1 (en)* | 2002-12-28 | 2004-07-01 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method for providing advertisement VOD services for mobile communication terminal |
| US20050044564A1 (en)* | 2003-06-04 | 2005-02-24 | Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation | System and method for downloading files |
| US20060008256A1 (en)* | 2003-10-01 | 2006-01-12 | Khedouri Robert K | Audio visual player apparatus and system and method of content distribution using the same |
| US20050114894A1 (en)* | 2003-11-26 | 2005-05-26 | David Hoerl | System for video digitization and image correction for use with a computer management system |
| US20050132407A1 (en)* | 2003-12-15 | 2005-06-16 | Aircraft Protective Systems, Inc. | Detachable seat mounted audio-visual entertainment system with locally storable, selectable, and updatable content |
| US20050202785A1 (en)* | 2004-02-13 | 2005-09-15 | Meyer Thomas J. | Aircraft interior wireless communications system |
| US20060032979A1 (en)* | 2004-06-30 | 2006-02-16 | The Boeing Company | Aircraft interior configuration detection system |
| US7496361B1 (en)* | 2004-07-19 | 2009-02-24 | Rockwell Collins, Inc. | Configurable cabin antenna system and placement process |
| US20060088001A1 (en)* | 2004-10-13 | 2006-04-27 | Airbus Deutschland Gmbh | Communication system for an aircraft |
| US20060174285A1 (en)* | 2004-11-05 | 2006-08-03 | Thales Avionics, Inc. | In-flight entertainment system with hand-out passenger terminals |
| US7483696B1 (en)* | 2004-11-29 | 2009-01-27 | Rockwell Collins, Inc. | Cellular wireless network for passengers cabins |
| US7177638B2 (en)* | 2004-12-28 | 2007-02-13 | Live Tv, Llc | Aircraft in-flight entertainment system including digital radio service and associated methods |
| US20060217121A1 (en)* | 2005-03-25 | 2006-09-28 | Soliman Samir S | System and method for creating a wireless picocell |
Cited By (24)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US9300714B2 (en)* | 2008-09-19 | 2016-03-29 | Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation | Upstream signal processing for client devices in a small-cell wireless network |
| US20110169721A1 (en)* | 2008-09-19 | 2011-07-14 | Claus Bauer | Upstream signal processing for client devices in a small-cell wireless network |
| US20130074111A1 (en)* | 2011-09-16 | 2013-03-21 | Elwha LLC, a limited liability company of the State of Delaware | In-transit electronic media with location-based content |
| US20130074112A1 (en)* | 2011-09-16 | 2013-03-21 | Elwha LLC, a limited liability company of the State of Delaware | Secure electronic media for in-transit passenger usage |
| US20130074107A1 (en)* | 2011-09-16 | 2013-03-21 | Elwha LLC, a limited liability of the State of Delaware | Power source for in-transit electronic media |
| US8776145B2 (en)* | 2011-09-16 | 2014-07-08 | Elwha Llc | In-transit electronic media with location-based content |
| US9158908B2 (en)* | 2011-09-16 | 2015-10-13 | Elwha Llc | Power source for in-transit electronic media |
| US9924203B2 (en)* | 2014-03-20 | 2018-03-20 | Yahoo Japan Corporation | Delivery device and delivery method |
| US20150271532A1 (en)* | 2014-03-20 | 2015-09-24 | Yahoo Japan Corporation | Delivery device and delivery method |
| US10869076B2 (en) | 2015-03-17 | 2020-12-15 | Piksel, Inc. | Access to content |
| US9852355B2 (en)* | 2015-04-21 | 2017-12-26 | Thales Avionics, Inc. | Facial analysis for vehicle entertainment system metrics |
| US20180345789A1 (en)* | 2016-06-03 | 2018-12-06 | Faraday&Future Inc. | Infotainment playback control |
| CN107465948A (en)* | 2016-06-03 | 2017-12-12 | 法拉第未来公司 | Infotainment playback controls |
| WO2018152212A1 (en)* | 2017-02-14 | 2018-08-23 | Systems And Software Enterprises, Llc | Dynamic and distributed meshed network for in-flight entertainment systems |
| US10390053B2 (en) | 2017-02-14 | 2019-08-20 | Systems And Software Enterprises, Llc | Dynamic and distributed meshed network for in-flight entertainment systems |
| US10172055B2 (en)* | 2017-03-01 | 2019-01-01 | Thales Avionics, Inc. | Controlling wireless access point handover and/or transmissions mode based on person proximity |
| US10616741B2 (en)* | 2017-04-27 | 2020-04-07 | Thales Avionics, Inc. | In-flight entertainment systems with a central bluetooth controller controlling bluetooth connections between passenger terminals and video display units |
| WO2020028761A1 (en)* | 2018-08-02 | 2020-02-06 | Gogo Llc | On-board self-healing network for delivery of vehicle passenger-consumable content |
| US20200045150A1 (en)* | 2018-08-02 | 2020-02-06 | Gogo Llc | On-board self-healing network for delivery of vehicle passenger-consumable content |
| US10965794B2 (en)* | 2018-08-02 | 2021-03-30 | Gogo Business Aviation Llc | On-board self-healing network for delivery of vehicle passenger-consumable content |
| CN112805966A (en)* | 2018-08-02 | 2021-05-14 | 高高商务航空有限责任公司 | On-board self-healing network for delivering vehicle occupant consumable content |
| US11363126B2 (en)* | 2018-08-02 | 2022-06-14 | Gogo Business Aviation Llc | On-board self-healing network for delivery of vehicle passenger-consumable content |
| US20220286537A1 (en)* | 2018-08-02 | 2022-09-08 | Gogo Business Aviation Llc | On-board self-healing network for delivery of vehicle passenger-consumable content |
| US11805194B2 (en)* | 2018-08-02 | 2023-10-31 | Gogo Business Aviation Llc | On-board self-healing network for delivery of vehicle passenger-consumable content |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| WO2005125207A2 (en) | 2005-12-29 |
| WO2005125207A3 (en) | 2006-02-16 |
| US8037500B2 (en) | 2011-10-11 |
| JP5020072B2 (en) | 2012-09-05 |
| US20120030708A1 (en) | 2012-02-02 |
| US20060107295A1 (en) | 2006-05-18 |
| EP1774785A2 (en) | 2007-04-18 |
| JP2008508749A (en) | 2008-03-21 |
| KR101161046B1 (en) | 2012-06-28 |
| KR20070085121A (en) | 2007-08-27 |
| CA2568595C (en) | 2015-05-05 |
| EP1774785B1 (en) | 2011-11-16 |
| US7945934B2 (en) | 2011-05-17 |
| CA2568595A1 (en) | 2005-12-29 |
| US20090228908A1 (en) | 2009-09-10 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US7945934B2 (en) | Portable media device and method for presenting viewing content during travel | |
| US7984190B2 (en) | System and method for managing content on mobile platforms | |
| US8135773B2 (en) | System and method for downloading files | |
| CN101868923B (en) | System and method for receiving broadcast content on a mobile platform during travel | |
| US8508673B2 (en) | User interface device and method for presenting viewing content | |
| US20090094635A1 (en) | System and Method for Presenting Advertisement Content on a Mobile Platform During Travel | |
| US10779051B2 (en) | Screen mirroring from personal electronic devices to transportation vehicle display screens | |
| CN108089835A (en) | For distributing the method and system of information on transport vehicle | |
| US11172240B2 (en) | Content loading through ad-hoc wireless networks between aircraft on the ground | |
| US8285309B2 (en) | System for the wireless transmission of information to a mobile appliance of a user of a means of transport | |
| US20050091110A1 (en) | Information and security audio and video transmission reception system | |
| WO2005006667A1 (en) | Wireless communication system |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| AS | Assignment | Owner name:PANASONIC AVIONICS CORPORATION, WASHINGTON Free format text:CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE NAME OF ONE ASSIGNEE FROM STEPHAN PANNENBECKER TO STEFAN PANNENBECKER PREVIOUSLY RECORDED ON REEL 026279 FRAME 0594.ASSIGNOR(S) HEREBY CONFIRMS THE CORRECTION OF A TYPOGRAPHICAL ERROR;ASSIGNOR:PANNENBECKER, STEFAN;REEL/FRAME:026465/0208 Effective date:20060119 Owner name:PANASONIC AVIONICS CORPORATION, WASHINGTON Free format text:ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:MARGIS, PAUL ANTHONY;HAAK, JAMES ALLEN;LUNDQUIST, CHRISTOPHER BRIAN;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20060110 TO 20060119;REEL/FRAME:026279/0594 | |
| STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation | Free format text:ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |